[opensuse-translation-commit] r96284 - branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-08-17 15:01:57 +0200 (Wed, 17 Aug 2016) New Revision: 96284 Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/base.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cio.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/country.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/crowbar.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/docker.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fonts.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/gtk.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/installation.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/isns.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journal.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kernel-update-tool.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/linux-user-mgmt.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/live-installer.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/mail.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/migration.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ncurses-pkg.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ncurses.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/network.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/oneclickinstall.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/opensuse_mirror.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/packager.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pam.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/printer.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/qt-pkg.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/qt.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rdp.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rear.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/registration.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/s390.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/security.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sound.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/squid.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sshd.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/storage.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/support.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tune.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/update.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/users.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vm.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/wol.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po Log: from SLE12-SP2 plus Factory Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-31 13:59\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-29 12:12\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -959,11 +959,11 @@ msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "Si desea que el usuario filtrado siga siendo miembro del grupo, defina esta opción como falsa." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "Sustituye el directorio personal del usuario. Puede proporcionar un valor absoluto o una plantilla." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "Define una plantilla por defecto para un directorio personal del usuario si el proveedor de datos del dominio no ha especificado explícitamente una." @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "La shell por defecto que se debe usar si no hay instalada una shell permitida en el equipo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "La shell por defecto que se debe usar si el proveedor no devuelve una durante la búsqueda." @@ -1012,8 +1012,8 @@ msgstr "Para cada petición de PAM mientras el SSSD está en línea, el SSSD intentará actualizar de inmediato la información de identidad en caché para el usuario a fin de garantizar que la autenticación se realiza con la información más reciente." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Muestra una advertencia N días antes de que caduque la contraseña." @@ -1145,588 +1145,588 @@ msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "Sustituye el valor del GID primario por el especificado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "Hace que en los nombres de usuario y de grupos se distinga entre mayúsculas y minúsculas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." msgstr "Cuando se busca un usuario o un grupo por su nombre en el proveedor de proxy, se realiza una segunda búsqueda por ID para canonizar el nombre en caso de que el nombre pedido fuera un alias." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "Usa este directorio personal como valor por defecto para todos los subdominios de este dominio." #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "Lista separada por comas de usuarios a los que se permite entrar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "Lista separada por comas de grupos a los que se les permite entrar. Esto solo se aplica a los grupos de este dominio SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "Lista separada por comas de grupos a los que se deniega explícitamente el acceso. Esto solo se aplica a los grupos de este dominio SSSD." #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "Las herramientas añaden el nombre de entrada al final de base_directory y usan el resultado como directorio personal." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "Indica si se debe crear por defecto un directorio personal para los usuarios nuevos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "Indica si se debe eliminar por defecto un directorio personal para los usuarios suprimidos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "Lo usa sss_useradd(8) para especificar los permisos por defecto en un directorio personal recién creado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "El directorio esqueleto que contiene los archivos y directorios que se deben copiar en el directorio personal del usuario cuando sss_useradd(8) crea este directorio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "El directorio de la cola de correo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "El comando que se ejecuta después de que se elimine un usuario." #. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "(Específico de Active Directory) Usar atributo de grupos de testigos si está disponible" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "URI (ldap://) de servidores LDAP (separados por comas)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." msgstr "El nombre completo base por defecto que se debe usar para realizar la reglas del comando sudo de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "Especifica la lista separada por comas de los URI de servidores LDAP a los que se conectará el SSSD, en orden de preferencia." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "Especifica la lista separada por comas de los URI de servidores LDAP a los que se conectará el SSSD para cambiar la contraseña de un usuario, en orden de preferencia." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "DN base para búsqueda LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "Tipo de esquema LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "El nombre completo de enlace por defecto que se debe usar para realizar operaciones de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "El tipo de testigo de autenticación del nombre completo de enlace por defecto." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "El testigo de autenticación del nombre completo de enlace por defecto." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "La clave de objeto de una entrada de usuario en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre de entrada del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al ID de usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al ID de grupo primario del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al campo gecos del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre del directorio personal del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene la vía de la shell por defecto del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de usuario de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el elemento objectSID de un objeto de usuario de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca horaria de la última modificación del objeto padre." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (fecha del último cambio de contraseña)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (duración mínima de la contraseña)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (duración máxima de la contraseña)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (período de advertencia de la contraseña)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (período de inactividad de la contraseña)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow o ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (fecha de caducidad de la cuenta)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la fecha y la hora del último cambio de contraseña en Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la fecha y la hora a la que caduca la contraseña actual." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la hora de caducidad de la cuenta." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena el campo de bit de control de la cuenta de usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds o un ajuste equivalente, este parámetro determina si se permite el acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina si se permite el acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina la fecha hasta la que se permite el acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina las horas de un día de la semana en las que el acceso está permitido." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre principal de usuario (UPN) de Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene las claves públicas SSH del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." msgstr "Algunos servidores de directorio, como Active Directory, pueden proporcionar la parte del dominio del UPN en minúsculas, lo que podría producir un error de autenticación." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "Defina esta opción como verdadera si desea usar un dominio en mayúsculas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que el SSSD tendrá que esperar para actualizar su caché de registros enumerados." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." msgstr "Determina la frecuencia con la que se debe comprobar si hay entradas inactivas en caché (como grupos sin miembros o usuarios que nunca han entrado) y eliminarlas para ahorrar espacio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre completo del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que muestra los miembros del grupo del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD usará la presencia del atributo authorizedService en la entrada LDAP del usuario para determinar los privilegios de acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=host, SSSD usará la presencia del atributo host de la entrada LDAP del usuario para determinar los privilegios de acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "La clave de objeto de una entrada de grupo en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre del grupo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al ID de grupo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene los nombres de los miembros del grupo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de grupo de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el elemento objectSID de un objeto de grupo de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr " El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca horaria de la última modificación del objeto padre." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." msgstr "Si ldap_schema se define con un formato de esquema que admita grupos anidados (por ejemplo, RFC2307bis), esta opción controla el número de niveles de anidado que tendrá el SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "Esta opción indica al SSSD que aproveche una función específica de Active Directory que puede acelerar las operaciones de búsqueda de grupo en distribuciones con grupos complejos o profundamente anidados." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "Esta opción indica al SSSD que aproveche una función específica de Active Directory que puede acelerar las operaciones de grupos de inicio (principalmente a la hora de trabajar con grupos complejos o profundamente anidados)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " La clase de objeto de una entrada de grupo de red en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre del grupo de red." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene los nombres de los miembros del grupo de red." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene las triplas del grupo de red (host, usuario, dominio)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de grupo de red de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "La clave de objeto de una entrada de servicio en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre de los atributos del servicio y sus alias." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el puerto gestionado por este servicio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene los protocolos que entiende este servicio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type." msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, ámbito de búsqueda y filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas LDAP para este tipo de atributo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr " Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) permitido para que se ejecuten las búsquedas LDAP antes de que se cancelen y los resultados en el caché se devuelvan (y se entre en el modo sin conexión)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) permitido para que se ejecuten las búsquedas LDAP de enumeraciones de usuarios y grupos antes de que se cancelen y los resultados en el caché se devuelvan (y se entre en el modo sin conexión)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) para que se devuelva el valor poll(2)/select(2) seguido de connect(2) en caso de que no haya actividad." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) para que se aborten las llamadas a las API LDAP sincrónicas si no se recibe respuesta." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) que se mantendrá una conexión a un servidor LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "Especifica el número de registros que se deben recuperar de LDAP en una única petición. Algunos servidores LDAP aplican un límite máximo por petición." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Inhabilita el control de paginación LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "Cuando se comunique con un servidor LDAP mediante SASL, especifique el nivel de seguridad mínimo necesario para establecer la conexión." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "Especifica el número de miembros del grupo que deben faltar del caché interno para que se active una búsqueda de anulación de referencia." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "Validar certificación del servidor en sesión LDAP TLS" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "Especifica el archivo que contiene los certificados de todas las autoridades de certificación que reconoce el SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "Especifica la vía a un directorio que contiene los certificados de la autoridad certificadora en archivos individuales separados." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "Especifica el archivo que contiene el certificado de la clave del cliente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Especifica el archivo que contiene la clave del cliente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Especifica los conjuntos de cifrado aceptables." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "Especifica que la conexión id_provider también debe usar TLS para proteger el canal." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "Especifica que el SSSD debe intentar asignar los ID de usuario y grupo desde los atributos ldap_user_objectsid y ldap_group_objectsid, en lugar de confiar en ldap_user_uid_number y ldap_group_gid_number." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Especifica el mecanismo de SASL que se debe usar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Especifica el ID de autorización de SASL que se debe usar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Especifica el dominio de SASL que se debe usar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "Si se define como verdadero, la biblioteca LDAP realizará una búsqueda inversa para canonizar el nombre de host durante un enlace SASL." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Especifica el archivo keytab que se debe usar al emplear SASL/GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "Especifica que el parámetro id_provider debe iniciar credenciales de Kerberos (TGT)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Especifica la duración en segundos del TGT si se usa GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "Selecciona la directiva para evaluar la caducidad de la contraseña en el cliente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Especifica si se debe habilitar la búsqueda automática de referencias." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Especifica el nombre de servicio que se debe usar si el descubrimiento de servicios está habilitado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "Especifica el nombre de servicio que se debe usar para buscar un servidor LDAP que permita cambios de contraseña si el descubrimiento de servicios está habilitado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "Especifica si se debe actualizar el atributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change con los días transcurridos desde la época posterior a la operación de cambio de contraseña." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "Si se usa access_provider = ldap y ldap_access_order = filter (valores por defecto), esta opción es obligatoria. Especifica un criterio de filtro de búsqueda LDAP que se debe cumplir para que al usuario se le otorgue acceso en este host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr " Con esta opción es posible habilitar una evaluación de los atributos de control de acceso del cliente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Lista separada por comas de opciones de control de acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "Especifica cómo se anulará la referencia de alias al realizar una búsqueda." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "Permite conservar los usuarios locales como miembros de un grupo LDAP para los servidores que usen el esquema RFC2307." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Dirección IP o nombres de host de servidores de Kerberos (separados por comas)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "Especifica la lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host de los servidores Kerberos a los que se debe conectar el SSSD, en orden de preferencia." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Dominio Kerberos (p. ej., EJEMPLO.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "Si el servicio de cambio de contraseña no se está ejecutando en el KDC, es posible definir servidores alternativos aquí." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Directorio para almacenar cachés de credenciales." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Ubicación del caché de credenciales del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr " Tiempo límite en segundos para cancelar una petición de autenticación en línea o una petición de cambio de contraseña." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "Verifica con ayuda de krb5_keytab que el TGT obtenido no se ha suplantado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "La ubicación del archivo keytab que se debe usar al validar las credenciales obtenidas de los KDC." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "Almacena la contraseña del usuario si el proveedor está desconectado y se usa para pedir un TGT cuando el proveedor vuelve a conectarse." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Solicita un ticket renovable con una duración total, indicado como un número entero seguido de inmediato por una unidad de tiempo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "Pide el ticket con una duración, indicada como un número entero seguido de inmediato por una unidad de tiempo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "El tiempo en segundos entre dos comprobaciones si el TGT se debe renovar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "Permite el proceso de túnel seguro de autenticación flexible (FAST) para la preautenticación de Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Especifica el servidor principal que se debe usar para FAST." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "Especifica si el host y el principal de usuario deben estar canonizados." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Especifica el nombre del dominio de Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Direcciones IP o nombres de host de servidores AD (separados por comas)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "Lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host de los servidores de Active Directory a los que se conectará el SSSD, en orden de preferencia." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "Nombre de host AD (opcional): puede definirse si hostname(5) no refleja el nombre completo empleado por AD para identificar al host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Sustituye el directorio personal del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr " Especifica el límite inferior del intervalo de ID de POSIX que se debe usar para asignar los SID de usuarios y grupos de Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "Especifica el límite superior del intervalo de ID de POSIX que se debe usar para asignar los SID de usuarios y grupos de Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Especifica el número de ID disponibles para cada sección." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Especifica el SID de dominio del dominio por defecto." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Especifica el nombre del dominio por defecto." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "Cambia el comportamiento del algoritmo de asignación de ID para que sea similar al algoritmo idmap_autorid de Winbind." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Especifica el nombre del dominio IPA." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Direcciones IP o nombres de host de servidores IPA (separados por comas)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "Nombre de host IPA (opcional): puede definirse si hostname(5) no refleja el nombre completo empleado por AD para identificar al host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "La ubicación de automounter que utilizará este cliente IPA." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "Esta opción indica a SSSD que actualice automáticamente el servidor DNS creado en FreeIPA v2 con la dirección IP de este cliente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "El TTL que se debe aplicar al registro DNS del cliente al actualizarlo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "Elija la interfaz cuya dirección IP se debe usar para las actualizaciones dinámicas de DNS." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Esto puede durar un poco." @@ -49,14 +49,13 @@ #. command line options #. Init variables -#. We will have to set default entries which are defined -#. in the import call of ServicesManager +#. unique id #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -251,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "Seleccione primero un archivo de la tabla." #. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -262,70 +261,46 @@ " +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 #. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp #. Package: Auto-installation #. Author: Anas Nashif @@ -405,7 +387,7 @@ #. the system as described in the profile file. #. #. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:37 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n" @@ -413,59 +395,45 @@ "<p>\n" "Espere mientras el sistema se prepara para la autoinstalación.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "Comprobar el hardware" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "Obtener y leer el archivo de control" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "Analizar sintaxis del archivo de control" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:201 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "Configuración inicial" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:49 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "Preparando el sistema para la Instalación Automática" #. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "Etapa previa a las pruebas" -#. // moved to autoset to fulfill fate #301193 -#. // the DASD section in an autoyast profile can't be changed via pre-script -#. // -#. if( Arch::s390 () && AutoinstConfig::remoteProfile == true ) { -#. y2milestone("arch=s390 and remote_profile=true"); -#. symbol ret = processProfile(); -#. if( ret != `ok ) { -#. return ret; -#. } -#. y2milestone("processProfile=ok"); -#. profileFetched = true; -#. -#. // FIXME: the hardcoded stuff should be in the control.xml later -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "dasd") ) { -#. y2milestone("dasd found"); -#. Call::Function("dasd_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["dasd"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. if( haskey(Profile::current, "zfcp") ) { -#. y2milestone("zfcp found"); -#. Call::Function("zfcp_auto", ["Import", Profile::current["zfcp"]:$[] ]); -#. } -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:90 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "Comprobando el hardware..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." +msgstr "Estas secciones del perfil de AutoYaST ya no se admiten:<br><br>%s<br><br>Use <scripts/> o <files/>, por ejemplo, para cambiar la configuración." + #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:183 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "Procesando el archivo de control" @@ -509,92 +477,120 @@ #. Uwe Gansert #. #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>" msgstr "<P>Espere mientras el sistema se prepara para la instalación automática.</P>" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Ejecutar guiones del usuario de preinstalación" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Configurar las opciones generales" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Configurar idioma" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Creando los planes de particiones" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Configurar el gestor de arranque" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registro" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Configurar selecciones de software" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Configurar destino por defecto de systemd" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 +msgid "Configure users and groups" +msgstr "Configurar usuarios y grupos" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" +msgstr "Importar claves SSH/configuración" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +msgid "Confirm License" +msgstr "Confirmar licencia" + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Ejecutando los guiones preinstalación del usuario..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Configurando opciones generales..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Configurando idioma..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Creando los planes de particionamiento..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Configurando el gestor de arranque..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "Registrando el sistema..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Configurando la Selección de software..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Configurando destino por defecto de systemd..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." +msgstr "Importando configuración de usuarios y grupos..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 +msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." +msgstr "Importando claves SSH/configuración..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +msgid "Confirming License..." +msgstr "Confirmando licencia..." + +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "Preparando el sistema para la instalación automática" -#. configure general settings -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Gestión de productos adicionales..." #. Set it in the Language module. #. #. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Configurando el idioma..." #. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -602,8 +598,9 @@ "Error al configurar las particiones.\n" "Por favor, vuelva a intentarlo.\n" -#. Software -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:361 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -683,11 +680,11 @@ #. Select packages #. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:87 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "Selección de software" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" @@ -702,19 +699,19 @@ #. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); #. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; #. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:120 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "Ubicación del origen de instalación (como http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "El origen de instalación de este sistema (no puede crear imágenes si selecciona esta opción)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "error al usar el origen de instalación" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:189 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos de paquetes..." @@ -966,6 +963,11 @@ msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo del grupo de volúmenes" +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." +msgstr "Se está ejecutando un guion definido por el usuario. Esta operación puede tardar un rato." + #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value @@ -1580,7 +1582,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "Comprobando XML con validación RNG..." @@ -1590,7 +1592,7 @@ msgstr "Sección %1: " #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "Comprobando XML con validación RNC..." @@ -1629,7 +1631,7 @@ msgstr "Rearrancar el equipo después de la segunda etapa" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "Gestión de firmas" @@ -1968,67 +1970,6 @@ "sin formatear.\n" "</p>\n" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "No se ha encontrado la URL %1 mediante el protocolo HTTP(S). El servidor ha devuelto el código %2." - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "No se ha encontrado la URL %1 mediante el protocolo FTP. El servidor ha devuelto el código %2." - -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159 -msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" -msgstr "Error al leer el archivo %1/%2.\n" - -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:175 -msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" -msgstr "Error al leer el archivo %1.\n" - -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:237 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:293 -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:337 -msgid "Mounting %1 failed." -msgstr "Error al montar %1." - -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:268 -msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." -msgstr "Error al leer el archivo desde el CD. Vía: %1/%2." - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:316 src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:360 -msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" -msgstr "No es posible recuperar el archivo remoto %1" - -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:485 -msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" -msgstr "%1 no está montado y falló el montaje" - -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:505 -msgid "File %1 cannot be found" -msgstr "No se encuentra el archivo %1" - -#. Device -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:527 -msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." -msgstr "No se ha encontrado la URL %1 mediante el protocolo TFTP." - -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:534 -msgid "Unknown protocol %1." -msgstr "Protocolo desconocido %1." - #. Script Configuration #. @return script configuration dialog #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 @@ -2295,12 +2236,12 @@ #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" msgstr "El procesador XML ha informado de un error al procesar el perfil de autoyast. El mensaje de error es el siguiente:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2316,45 +2257,45 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Elegir perfil" #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control del disquete" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor TFTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor NFS: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor HTTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor FTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Copiando el archivo de control del archivo %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Copiando el archivo de control del dispositivo /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Copiando el archivo de control de la ubicación por defecto" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Origen desconocido." @@ -2364,7 +2305,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2374,7 +2315,7 @@ "<p>Casi todos los recursos del archivo de control\n" "pueden configurarse por medio del sistema de gestión de la configuración.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 msgid "" "<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2388,7 +2329,7 @@ "de control que puede emplearse para instalar otro sistema usando AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2422,79 +2363,97 @@ #. string language_name = ""; #. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "¿Confirmar instalación?" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "Segunda etapa de AutoYaST" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "Deteniendo el equipo tras la primera etapa" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "Deteniendo el equipo tras la segunda etapa" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "Rearrancar el equipo tras la segunda etapa" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Aceptando archivos sin firma" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "No aceptando archivos sin firma" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Aceptando archivos sin suma de control" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "No aceptando archivos sin suma de control" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Aceptando verificaciones fallidas" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "No aceptando verificaciones fallidas" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "Aceptando claves GPG desconocidas" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "No aceptando claves GPG desconocidas" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "Importando nuevas claves GPG" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "No importando nuevas claves GPG" +#. NTP syncing +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419 +msgid "Syncing time..." +msgstr "Sincronizando la hora..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421 +msgid "Syncing time with %s." +msgstr "Sincronizando la hora con %s." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425 +msgid "Time syncing failed." +msgstr "Error al sincronizar la hora." + +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429 +msgid "Cannot update system time." +msgstr "No es posible actualizar la hora del sistema." + #. look for VGs to reuse -#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111 +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." msgstr "No es posible reutilizar el grupo de volúmenes %1. El grupo de volúmenes no existe." @@ -2510,72 +2469,72 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:682 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Discos" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "%s unidad en total" msgstr[1] "%s unidades en total" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:707 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "Aún no se ha clonado." #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Guiones previos a la instalación" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:341 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Guiones posteriores a la instalación" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:354 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Guiones chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Guiones init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:380 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Guiones de postparticionado" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:475 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:477 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 msgid "Post" msgstr "Post" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:481 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:483 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Postparticionado" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2585,31 +2544,31 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "Error al añadir el repositorio %1" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Error al crear la imagen durante la instalación del patrón. Consulte /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Creando Imagen: instalando paquetes" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Error al crear la imagen durante la instalación del paquete. Consulte /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Guardar imagen en..." #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" "If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." @@ -2617,16 +2576,16 @@ "Puede hacer cambios a la imagen ahora en %1/\n" "Si hace clic en Aceptar, la imagen se comprimirá y no podrá realizar más cambios." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "Error al comprimir la imagen en %1. Consulte /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "Imagen creada correctamente" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." @@ -2635,30 +2594,30 @@ "Si falta, puede crear el archivo mediante el comando ls -F > directory.yast." #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "no es posible leer %1. ¿Desea intentarlo de nuevo?" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "no es posible leer %1. Error al crear la imagen ISO." #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "Creando estructura de archivos de la imagen ISO..." #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "configuración de arranque para el DVD" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627 msgid "Ok" msgstr "Aceptar" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" "You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." @@ -2668,43 +2627,43 @@ #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "Guardar imagen ISO en..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "Creando archivo de imagen ISO..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "Imagen ISO creada correctamente en %1" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Patrones seleccionados" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Paquetes seleccionados individualmente" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Paquetes que deben eliminarse" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Forzar paquete del kernel" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "No es posible definir los patrones: %1." #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." msgstr "La ejecución de la resolución de paquetes no se ha llevado a cabo correctamente. Compruebe la sección de software en el perfil de autoyast." @@ -2749,14 +2708,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Recopilando datos de configuración" #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Perfil de AutoYaST cifrado. Introduzca la contraseña dos veces." @@ -2764,14 +2723,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "No es posible escribir la sección %1 en el archivo %2." #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Perfil de AutoYaST cifrado. Introduzca la contraseña correcta." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/base.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/base.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/base.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -78,79 +78,79 @@ msgstr "Este módulo de YaST2 no soporta la interfaz de línea de comandos." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Use 'help' para obtener una lista completa de los comandos disponibles." #. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 help' para obtener una lista completa de los comandos disponibles." #. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "Comando desconocido: '%1'" #. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:405 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "Falta un valor en la opción %1." #. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:440 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "Opción desconocida para el comando '%1': %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given #. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:461 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:473 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:483 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "Valor no válido para la opción: %1: %2" #. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "Valor no válido para la opción '%1' -- esperado '%2', recibido %3" #. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "La opción %1 no puede tener ningún valor. Valor especificado: %2" #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:541 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Use '%1 %2 help' para obtener una lista completa de las opciones disponibles." #. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' para obtener una lista completa de las opciones disponibles." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "Módulo de configuración %1 de YaST\n" #. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:593 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "No hay ayuda disponible" #. Process <command> "help" #. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:597 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "Comando '%1'" #. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ " Opciones:" #. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:706 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ " Las opciones de tipo [cadena] se deben escribir con el formato opción=valor." #. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -177,137 +177,137 @@ " Ejemplo:" #. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:743 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "Esto es un módulo de YaST." #. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:748 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "Sintaxis básica:" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:763 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <comando> [verbose] [opciones]" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:790 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <comando> help" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:797 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <comando> [opciones]" #. translators: module command line help #. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:800 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <comando> help" #. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:812 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "Comandos:" #. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:828 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "No hay ayuda disponible." #. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:864 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "" msgstr "" #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "Ejecute 'yast2 %1 <comando> help' para obtener una lista de las opciones disponibles." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option." msgstr "Falta el nombre del archivo de destino (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= command line option." msgstr "El nombre del archivo de destino está vacío (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "desconocido" #. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1461 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "o '%1'" #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1469 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "Especifique el comando '%1'." #. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1476 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Especifique uno de los comandos: %1." #. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1486 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Especifique sólo uno de los comandos: %1." #. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1531 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "No hay ninguna interfaz de usuario disponible para este módulo." #. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1560 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Listo" #. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1574 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Inicializando" #. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1610 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "Terminando" #. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1617 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "Hecho" #. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1620 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "Saliendo (sin cambios)" #. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode #. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1634 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "¿Sí o no?" #. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1639 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "sí" #. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1642 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "no" @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ #. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, #. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page #: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ #. from YaST logs. #. #. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:226 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Error de instalación" @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ msgstr "Eliminando de la memoria el paquete %s" #. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "No se ha definido ningún proceso para este modo de instalación." @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ #. make sure that every workflow is merged only once #. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "Error interno al integrar el flujo de trabajo adicional." @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:315 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "Durante el arranque" @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ #. radio button #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:322 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" @@ -555,22 +555,22 @@ msgstr "Mediante xinetd" #. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:329 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Mediante &xinetd" #. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "Inicio del servicio" #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:465 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "El servicio se está ejecutando." #. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:471 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "El servicio no se está ejecutando." @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ #. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" #. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" #. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:504 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ #. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" #. (without quotes) #. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:516 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "<p>To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" @@ -602,48 +602,48 @@ "y reiniciar el servicio inmediatamente.</p>\n" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:531 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "Iniciar el servicio ahora" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:533 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "Detener el servicio ahora" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:535 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Guardar los cambios y reiniciar el servicio inmediatamente" #. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:577 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "&Iniciar el servicio ahora" #. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:584 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "D&etener el servicio ahora" #. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:591 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Gu&ardar los cambios y reiniciar el servicio ahora" #. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:614 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Encender y apagar" #. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:620 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Estado actual:" #. help text for LDAP enablement widget #. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:730 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -654,12 +654,12 @@ "en lugar de en archivos de configuración nativos.</p>" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:743 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "Soporte LDAP activo" #. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:772 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "Soporte &LDAP activo" @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ #. push button #. push button #. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:370 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ #. push button #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 #: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Abajo" @@ -721,12 +721,12 @@ msgstr "El archivo especificado ya existe. ¿Desea sobreescribirlo?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:368 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "El ID de la clave TSIG no ha sido especificado." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:375 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ "¿Desea eliminarla?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:395 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -744,27 +744,27 @@ "especificado. ¿Desea eliminarla?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:420 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "La clave se creará ahora. ¿Desea continuar?" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:436 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible crear la clave TSIG." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:446 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "El archivo especificado no existe." #. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:452 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "El archivo especificado no contiene ninguna clave TSIG." #. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:462 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ "Las claves antiguas serán eliminadas. ¿Desea continuar?" #. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:565 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n" @@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ "Este diálogo le permite administrar las claves TSIG.</p>\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:569 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n" @@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ "que contiene la clave y haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.</p>\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n" @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ "<b>Generar</b>.</p>\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" @@ -825,27 +825,27 @@ "en la configuración.</p>\n" #. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:594 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "Añadir una clave TSIG existente" #. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:643 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "Crear una nueva clave TSIG" #. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:655 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "ID de &clave" #. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:687 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&Generar" #. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:699 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "Claves TSIG actuales" @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ #. table header - GPG key ID #. table header - GPG key ID #. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 @@ -861,22 +861,22 @@ msgstr "ID de clave" #. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:709 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Nombre de archivo" #. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:487 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "Opción &seleccionada" #. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:536 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "Opción actual:" #. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:720 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "La opción seleccionada ya existe." @@ -940,19 +940,19 @@ "en la lista.</p>" #. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:209 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Otro" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:509 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "El dispositivo no está configurado" #. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured #. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:512 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure" msgstr "Haga clic en <B>Editar</B> para configurar" @@ -1123,9 +1123,8 @@ msgid "Service Status" msgstr "Estado del servicio" -#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors #. Content for the help -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n" "Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n" @@ -1142,36 +1141,36 @@ "Active este campo para habilitar el servicio al arrancar el sistema. Desactívelo para inhabilitar el servicio. Esto no afecta al estado actual del servicio en el sistema ya en ejecución.</p>\n" #. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "Estado actual:" #. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 msgid "Start During System Boot" msgstr "Volver a cargar después de guardar valores" #. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 msgid "running" msgstr "en ejecución" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 msgid "Stop now" msgstr "Detener ahora" #. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 msgid "stopped" msgstr "detenido" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 msgid "Start now" msgstr "Iniciar ahora" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1181,7 +1180,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path #. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:306 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1191,7 +1190,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) #. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:325 +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1392,7 +1391,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" @@ -1709,7 +1708,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:86 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "sí" @@ -1720,7 +1719,7 @@ #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 #: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:85 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "no" @@ -1784,19 +1783,19 @@ msgstr "Registrar errores: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:662 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Advertencia:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:679 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Error:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:696 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:713 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Mensaje:" @@ -1849,7 +1848,7 @@ msgstr "Sup&rimir" #. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:153 +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "&Variable" @@ -1945,7 +1944,7 @@ msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña codificada" #. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:380 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña codificada para desbloquear la clave GPG %1:" @@ -2051,6 +2050,231 @@ msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al leer el registro." +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +msgid "Unknown Zone" +msgstr "Zona desconocida" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" +"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" +msgstr "" +"La interfaz '%1' no está asignada a ninguna zona del cortafuegos.\n" +"Ejecute YaST2 y asígnela manualmente.\n" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +msgid "External Zone" +msgstr "Zona externa" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +msgid "Internal Zone" +msgstr "Zona interna" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +msgid "Demilitarized Zone" +msgstr "Zona desmilitarizada" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +msgid "TCP" +msgstr "TCP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +msgid "UDP" +msgstr "UDP" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +msgid "RPC" +msgstr "RPC" + +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +msgid "IP" +msgstr "IP" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +msgid "" +"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" +"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" +"\n" +"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" +"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." +msgstr "" +"La interfaz %1 está presente en varias zonas del cortafuegos.\n" +"Si continua con la configuración, pueden producirse errores.\n" +"\n" +"Se recomienda abandonar la configuración y repararla manualmente en\n" +"el archivo '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall'." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del cortafuegos." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +msgid "Check for network devices" +msgstr "Comprobar dispositivos de red" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +msgid "Read current configuration" +msgstr "Leer configuración actual" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" +msgstr "Comprobar servicios posiblemente en conflicto" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +msgid "Checking for network devices..." +msgstr "Comprobando dispositivos de red..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgstr "Leyendo configuración actual..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." +msgstr "Comprobando servicios posiblemente en conflicto..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +msgid "Write firewall settings" +msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +msgid "Adjust firewall service" +msgstr "Ajustar el servicio del cortafuegos" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +msgid "Writing firewall settings..." +msgstr "Escribiendo configuración del cortafuegos..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." +msgstr "Ajustando el servicio del cortafuegos..." + +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +msgid "Writing settings failed" +msgstr "Error al escribir la configuración" + +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" +msgstr "Protocolo desconocido (%1)" + +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" +msgstr "El servicio denominado %{service_name} no existe" + +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +msgid "Service: %{filename}" +msgstr "Servicio: %{filename}" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +msgid "Block Zone" +msgstr "Zona de bloqueo" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +msgid "Drop Zone" +msgstr "Zona de destino" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +msgid "Home Zone" +msgstr "Zona de domicilio" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +msgid "Public Zone" +msgstr "Zona pública" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +msgid "Trusted Zone" +msgstr "Zona de confianza" + +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +msgid "Work Zone" +msgstr "Zona de trabajo" + +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +msgid "The %{service_name} Service" +msgstr "El servicio %{service_name}" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +msgid "Unknown service '%1'" +msgstr "Servicio desconocido '%1'" + #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." @@ -2092,13 +2316,13 @@ msgstr "La interfaz no está asignada a ninguna zona." #. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:412 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Interfaces de &red con puerto abierto en el cortafuegos" #. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default #. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:499 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" @@ -2107,7 +2331,7 @@ "%1\n" #. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:520 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2120,7 +2344,7 @@ "¿Desea continuar?" #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:550 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2136,8 +2360,8 @@ #. yes-no popup #. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:569 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:623 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2152,22 +2376,22 @@ "¿Desea continuar?" #. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "&Interfaces de red con puerto abierto en el cortafuegos" #. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:725 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "Seleccionar &todo " #. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:733 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "Seleccionar &ninguno" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:828 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2176,7 +2400,7 @@ "%{details}" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:862 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2186,7 +2410,7 @@ #. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, #. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2199,7 +2423,7 @@ #. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional #. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) #. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1009 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click <b>%2</b>.<br>" @@ -2208,7 +2432,7 @@ "que desea abrir el puerto.<br>" #. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1017 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled.</p>" @@ -2217,46 +2441,46 @@ "está activado.</p>" #. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1029 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Puerto abierto en el cortafuegos" #. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1031 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Detalles del cortafuegos" #. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1063 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "Puerto abierto en el &cortafuegos" #. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1070 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "&Detalles del cortafuegos..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1098 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Valores de configuración del cortafuegos" +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" +msgstr "Configuración de cortafuegos para %{firewall}" #. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1105 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "El cortafuegos está abierto" #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Módem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red" @@ -2264,27 +2488,27 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "RDSI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:421 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "ADSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:487 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:488 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:760 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:761 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:996 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:998 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "desconocido" @@ -2294,389 +2518,389 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1122 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Dirección adicional" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red ARCnet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1130 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Modo de transferencia asíncrona (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Conexión Bluetooth" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Asociado" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1139 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Red asociada" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1142 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Acceso de enlace común para estaciones de trabajo (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1146 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "Tarjeta RDSI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1149 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Interfaz de canal a canal (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1153 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "Conexión ADSL" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Falso" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red falso" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Conector de sistema empresarial (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red Ethernet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1167 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red FDDI" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1170 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Conector de sistemas de canales de fibra (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "Interfaz paralela de alto rendimiento (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Interfaz Hipersockets (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "Conexión RDSI" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red infrarrojo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1188 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Dispositivo infrarrojo" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Vehículo de comunicación entre usuarios (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red OSA LCS" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Circuito cerrado" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de circuito cerrado" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red Myrinet" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Línea paralela" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Conexión de línea paralela" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "Dispositivo OSA-Express o QDIO (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6 en IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de encapsulación IPv6 en IPv4" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Línea serie" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Conexión de línea serie" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red Token Ring" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red USB" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red VMWare" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Inalámbrica" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red inalámbrica" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "Red XP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "LAN virtual" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Puente" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Puente de red" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Túnel de red" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "TAP de red" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Dispositivo InfiniBand " #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:70 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Dispositivo desconocido" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:77 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Dirección DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:83 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "No hay ninguna dirección IP asignada" #. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:105 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "Tipo de dispositivo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:106 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:107 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:108 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID de dispositivo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Conectado" #. label message #. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Buscando equipos en esta LAN..." #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "Servidores &NFS" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "Equipos remo&tos" #. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "Directorios &exportados" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2691,7 +2915,7 @@ #. If there is network running, return true. #. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:348 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2701,7 +2925,7 @@ "Reinicie la instalación y configure la red en Linuxrc\n" "o continúe sin una red." -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2724,142 +2948,6 @@ "Un número de puerto puede ser un número del 0 a 65535.\n" "Los espacios no están permitidos.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116 -msgid "External Zone" -msgstr "Zona externa" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120 -msgid "Internal Zone" -msgstr "Zona interna" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124 -msgid "Demilitarized Zone" -msgstr "Zona desmilitarizada" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247 -msgid "TCP" -msgstr "TCP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249 -msgid "UDP" -msgstr "UDP" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251 -msgid "RPC" -msgstr "RPC" - -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253 -msgid "IP" -msgstr "IP" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159 -msgid "Unknown Zone" -msgstr "Zona desconocida" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" -"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" -"\n" -"It is recommended to leave the configuration and repair it manually in\n" -"the file '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall'." -msgstr "" -"La interfaz %1 está presente en varias zonas del cortafuegos.\n" -"Si continua con la configuración, pueden producirse errores.\n" -"\n" -"Se recomienda abandonar la configuración y repararla manualmente en\n" -"el archivo '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall'." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049 -msgid "" -"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" -"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" -msgstr "" -"La interfaz '%1' no está asignada a ninguna zona del cortafuegos.\n" -"Ejecute YaST2 y asígnela manualmente.\n" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480 -msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del cortafuegos." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488 -msgid "Check for network devices" -msgstr "Comprobar dispositivos de red" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490 -msgid "Read current configuration" -msgstr "Leer configuración actual" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492 -msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" -msgstr "Comprobar servicios posiblemente en conflicto" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496 -msgid "Checking for network devices..." -msgstr "Comprobando dispositivos de red..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498 -msgid "Reading current configuration..." -msgstr "Leyendo configuración actual..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500 -msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." -msgstr "Comprobando servicios posiblemente en conflicto..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643 -msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651 -msgid "Write firewall settings" -msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653 -msgid "Adjust firewall service" -msgstr "Ajustar el servicio del cortafuegos" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657 -msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "Escribiendo configuración del cortafuegos..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659 -msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." -msgstr "Ajustando el servicio del cortafuegos..." - -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678 -msgid "Writing settings failed" -msgstr "Error al escribir la configuración" - -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471 -msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" -msgstr "Protocolo desconocido (%1)" - #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" @@ -2946,62 +3034,14 @@ msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "Está instalando un sistema utilizando un destino iSCSI, pero no ha abierto los puertos necesarios en el cortafuegos." -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception -#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. @api private -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. { -#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" => [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], -#. } -#. ) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356 -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640 -msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" -msgstr "El servicio denominado %{service_name} no existe" - -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434 -msgid "Service: %{filename}" -msgstr "Servicio: %{filename}" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505 -msgid "Unknown service '%1'" -msgstr "Servicio desconocido '%1'" - #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:107 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Estos paquetes tienen que estar instalados:" +#. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 #: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 @@ -3016,17 +3056,17 @@ msgstr "&Desinstalar" #. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77 +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 msgid "Checking file conflicts..." msgstr "Comprobando conflictos de archivos..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87 +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>" msgstr "<p>Detección de conflictos de archivos en curso.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132 +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 msgid "" "File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" "\n" @@ -3037,7 +3077,7 @@ "%s" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168 +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 msgid "" "File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" "files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" @@ -3048,7 +3088,7 @@ "los archivos en conflicto se sustituirán, por lo que se perderá contenido anterior." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173 +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 msgid "A File Conflict Detected" msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" msgstr[0] "Se ha detectado un conflicto de archivos" @@ -3100,7 +3140,7 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Error: %1:" @@ -3224,7 +3264,7 @@ #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Omitir actualización automática" @@ -3310,7 +3350,7 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentarlo?" @@ -3362,7 +3402,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paquete:" @@ -3428,24 +3468,24 @@ #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Descargando: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Comprobando la base de datos de paquetes" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Reconstruyendo la base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso puede llevar algún tiempo." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3454,16 +3494,16 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Convirtiendo la base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso puede llevar algún tiempo." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3472,12 +3512,12 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos RPM..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Leyendo paquetes instalados" @@ -3488,27 +3528,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Explorando la base de datos de RPM..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Error al inicializar el destino." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Base de datos de RPM leída" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de usuarios" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3519,20 +3559,20 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Mostrar &detalles" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Tamaño:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Tiempo restante para volver a intentar automáticamente: %1" @@ -3610,12 +3650,12 @@ "resolverse manualmente en el gestor de software." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible instalar los paquetes requeridos." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3801,7 +3841,7 @@ #. display installation log #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Registro de instalación" @@ -3814,44 +3854,44 @@ msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Después de instalar paquetes" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "Mostrar este informe" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finalizar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Continuar en el gestor de software" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>" msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Informe de instalación</B></BIG><BR>Aquí tiene un resumen de los paquetes instalados o eliminados.</P>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Informe de instalación" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Paquetes instalados" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Paquetes actualizados" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Paquetes eliminados" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Paquetes restantes" #. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3868,7 +3908,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:463 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3889,7 +3929,7 @@ #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename #. %2 is a repository name #. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3908,16 +3948,16 @@ "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:500 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "Paquete sin firmar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "Archivo sin firmar" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:551 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -3934,7 +3974,7 @@ "¿Desea instalarlo de todos modos?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:561 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" @@ -3951,62 +3991,62 @@ "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:579 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "No se ha encontrado ninguna suma de comprobación" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:622 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "Huella: %1" #. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:637 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Nombre: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:643 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Creado: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:655 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Caduca: %1" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:671 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Nombre:" #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:690 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "Huella: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:701 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Creado: " #. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:712 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Caduca: " #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4029,7 +4069,7 @@ "¿Desea instalarlo de todos modos?\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4052,12 +4092,12 @@ "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:771 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "Error en la comprobación de validación" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:801 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4078,7 +4118,7 @@ "¿Desea instalarlo de todos modos?" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4099,12 +4139,12 @@ "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:843 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "Clave GnuPG desconocida" #. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:894 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4127,7 +4167,7 @@ "Es más seguro omitirlo.\n" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:907 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4150,17 +4190,17 @@ "Es más seguro omitirlo.\n" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:930 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "Firmado con clave pública que no es de confianza" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:939 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "&Marcar la clave como de confianza e importarla" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:973 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4175,7 +4215,7 @@ "de confianza, se permite al propietario de la clave tener cierto control sobre el software del sistema.</p>" #. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" @@ -4186,7 +4226,7 @@ "Si no confía en la clave, los paquetes o repositorios creados por el propietario de la clave no se utilizarán.</p>" #. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:991 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4197,7 +4237,7 @@ "(%2):" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1002 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4210,23 +4250,23 @@ "y de que la clave realmente pertenece a ese propietario antes de importarla." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1014 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "ADVERTENCIA: la clave ha caducado." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Importar clave GnuPG que no es de confianza" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1058 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "&Confiar" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1134 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4249,12 +4289,12 @@ "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Resumen incorrecto" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1170 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4275,7 +4315,7 @@ "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1184 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Resumen desconocido" @@ -4329,31 +4369,31 @@ #. tab #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +msgid "&Details" +msgstr "&Detalles" + +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Pr&esentación de diapositivas" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667 -msgid "&Details" -msgstr "&Detalles" - #. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "Realizando la actualización" #. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Realizando la instalación" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Instalación de paquetes" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4362,7 +4402,7 @@ "la instalación?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Abortado" @@ -4970,43 +5010,41 @@ "Código de salida: %{exitcode}\n" "Salida de error: %{stderr}" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" -"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" -"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" +"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes" msgstr "" "El archivo %1 se ha modificado manualmente.\n" -"YaST puede perder algunos cambios.\n" +"Puede que se pierdan algunos de los cambios en YaST." -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name #: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" -"Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" -"YaST might lose some of the changes" +"File %1 has been changed manually.\n" +"YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" msgstr "" "El archivo %1 se ha modificado manualmente.\n" -"Puede que se pierdan algunos de los cambios en YaST." +"YaST puede perder algunos cambios.\n" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:193 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "No volver a mostrar este mensaje." -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." -msgstr "" +msgid_plural "" +"Files %s have been created manually.\n" +"YaST might lose these files." +msgstr[0] "" "El archivo %s se ha creado manualmente.\n" "YaST podría perderlo." - -#. Continue/Cancel question, %s is a comma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:239 -msgid "" -"Files %s have been created manually.\n" -"YaST might lose these files." -msgstr "" +msgstr[1] "" "Los archivos %s se han creado manualmente.\n" "YaST podría perderlos." @@ -5016,7 +5054,7 @@ msgstr "Se ha producido un error durante la creación de initrd" #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:665 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5144,13 +5182,13 @@ #. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter #. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:738 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." #. covert a number to download rate string #. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:855 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/s" @@ -5232,8 +5270,8 @@ #. fallback name for the dialog title #. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1139 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1193 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "Módulo" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,96 +15,54 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:35 +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "Módulo de configuración del cargador de arranque" -#. command line help text for summary action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:48 -msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" -msgstr "Resumen de configuración del cargador de arranque" +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." +msgstr "La partición de arranque es del tipo NFS. El cargador de arranque no se puede instalar." -#. command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58 -msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section" -msgstr "Suprimir opción global u opción de sección" +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +msgid "Boot Loader Settings" +msgstr "Ajustes del cargador de arranque" -#. command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65 -msgid "Set a global option or option of a section" -msgstr "Definir opción global u opción de sección" +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" +msgstr "La asignación de dispositivo debe contener al menos un dispositivo" -#. command line help text for add action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72 -msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode" -msgstr "Añadir una sección nueva - utilice el modo interactivo." +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Disk order settings" +msgstr "Configuración del orden de discos" -#. command line help text for print action -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82 -msgid "Print value of specified option" -msgstr "Imprimir valor de la opción especificada" +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +msgid "D&isks" +msgstr "Dis&cos" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90 -msgid "The name of the section" -msgstr "Nombre de la sección" +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "&Dispositivo" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97 -msgid "The key of the option" -msgstr "Clave de la opción" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." +msgstr "La partición del cargador de arranque seleccionado (%s) ya no está disponible." -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104 -msgid "The value of the option" -msgstr "Valor de la opción" - -#. command line error report, %1 is section name -#. command line error report, %1 is section name -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225 -msgid "Section %1 not found." -msgstr "No se ha encontrado la sección %1" - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201 -msgid "Value was not specified." -msgstr "El valor no ha sido especificado." - -#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name -#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239 -msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -msgstr "La opción Añadir se encuentra disponible sólo en el modo interactivo de línea de comandos." - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245 -msgid "Section name must be specified." -msgstr "El nombre de la sección debe especificarse." - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265 -msgid "Option was not specified." -msgstr "La opción no ha sido especificada." - -#. command line error report -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284 -msgid "Specified option does not exist." -msgstr "La opción especificada no existe." - -#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287 -msgid "Value: %1" -msgstr "Valor: %1" - -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52 +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque..." #. TRANSLATORS: reboot message #. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133 +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 msgid "" "\n" "Your system will now shut down.%1\n" @@ -120,1310 +78,274 @@ #. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system #. Message that will be displayed along with information #. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146 +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "El sistema va a reiniciarse..." -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún cargador de arranque para la instalación. Su sistema podría no ser capaz de arrancar." +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +msgid "&Boot Loader" +msgstr "&Cargador de arranque" -#. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "No es posible instalar correctamente el cargador de arranque debido a la partición." +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +msgid "GRUB2" +msgstr "GRUB2" -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 -msgid "Booting" -msgstr "Arranque" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" +msgstr "GRUB2 para EFI" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 -msgid "&Booting" -msgstr "&Arranque" +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +msgid "Not Managed" +msgstr "No gestionado" -#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 -msgid "Disk Order" -msgstr "Orden de los discos" +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +msgid "Default" +msgstr "Por defecto" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 -msgid "Disk order settings" -msgstr "Configuración del orden de discos" - -#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68 -msgid "Boot Menu" -msgstr "Menú de arranque" - -#. `VSpacing(1), -#. Window title -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 -msgid "Boot Loader Options" -msgstr "Opciones del cargador de arranque" - -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:23 -msgid "<p><big><b>Boot Menu</b></big><br></p>" -msgstr "<p><big><b>Menú de arranque</b></big><br></p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" -"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" +"\n" +"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" +"might not start.\n" +"\n" +"Proceed?\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Establecer indicador activo en tabla de partición para partición de arranque</b></p>\n" -"Para activar la partición que contiene el cargador de arranque. El código MBR genérico arrancará entonces\n" -"la partición activa. Los BIOS más antiguos requieren que haya una partición activa, aunque\n" -"el cargador de arranque esté instalado en el MBR.</p>" +"\n" +"Si no instala ningún cargador de arranque, puede que\n" +"el sistema no se inicie.\n" +" \n" +" ¿Desea continuar?\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:30 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" -"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" +"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" +"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tiempo límite en segundos</b><br>\n" -"Especifica el tiempo que el cargador de arranque debe esperar hasta que esté cargado el núcleo por defecto.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Tipo de cargador de arranque</b><br>\n" +"Para seleccionar si se debe instalar un cargador de arranque y cuál de ellos instalar,\n" +"utilice <b>Cargador de arranque</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33 -msgid "" -"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" -"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" -"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" -"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" -"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" -"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p> Pulsando <b>Definir como opción por defecto</b> se marca la sección\n" -"seleccionada como sección por defecto. Al arrancar, el cargador de arranque\n" -" proporcionará un menú de arranque y esperará a que el usuario seleccione un núcleo u otro sistema operativo para \n" -"arrancar. Si no se pulsa ninguna tecla\n" -" antes del tiempo límite, se cargará el núcleo o el sistema operativo\n" -" por defecto. Es posible cambiar el orden de las secciones en el menú del cargador de arranque utilizando los botones <b>Arriba</b> y <b>Abajo.</b></p>\n" +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" +msgstr "Tipo de cargador de arranque: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" -"boots the active partition).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Escribir código de arranque genérico en el MBR</b> sustituye el MBR del disco con código genérico (código independiente del sistema\n" -"operativo que arranca la partición activa).</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" +msgstr "Habilitar arranque de confianza: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" -"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Arrancar desde partición de arranque</b> es una de las opciones recomendadas, la otra es \n" -"<b>Arrancar desde partición raíz.</b></p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "sí" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n" -"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Usar TrustedGrub</b> instala TrustedGrub y lo usa. Se ignorará la opción <i>Archivo del menú gráfico</i>.\n" -"Se recomienda instalar grub en el MBR.</p> " +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +msgid "no" +msgstr "no" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" -"installed on your computer</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Arranque desde el registro de arranque principal (MBR)</b> no se recomienda si tiene otro sistema operativo instalado\n" -"en el equipo</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +msgid "Status Location: %1" +msgstr "Ubicación del estado: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n" -"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start this section.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Arrancar desde partición raíz</b> es la opción recomendada siempre que exista una partición\n" -"adecuada. Seleccione <b>Establecer un indicador activo en la tabla de particiones para la partición de arranque</b> y <b>Escribir código de arranque genérico en el MBR</b>\n" -" en <b>Opciones del cargador de arranque</b> para actualizar el registro de arranque maestro si es necesario o configure el otro gestor de arranque\n" -" para iniciar esta sección.</p>" +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" +msgstr "Orden de los discos duros: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n" -"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Arrancar desde partición extendida</b> debe estar seleccionado si la partición raíz no se encuentra en la partición \n" -"logical y falta la partición /boot</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +msgid " (extended)" +msgstr " (extendido)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 -msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Personalizar partición de arranque</b> permite seleccionar una partición desde la que arrancar.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +msgid " (MBR)" +msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n" -"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>La matriz MD está formada por 2 discos. <b>Habilitar la redundancia para matriz MD</b>\n" -"habilita la escritura de GRUB en el MBR de ambos discos.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalar código de arranque en MBR (no instalar</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" -"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Usar la consola en serie</b> permite definir los parámetros que\n" -"se deben usar en una consola en serie. Consulte la documentación de grub (<code>info grub</code>) para obtener más detalles.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" +msgstr "No instalar código de arranque en MBR (instalar</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" -"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" -"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Definición de terminal</b></p><br>\n" -"Define el tipo de terminal que desea utilizar. En un terminal en serie (por ejemplo, una consola en serie),\n" -" deberá especificar <code>serial</code>. También puede introducir <code>console</code> en el\n" -" comando, como <code>serial console</code>. En este caso, cualquier terminal en el que pulse\n" -" cualquier tecla, se seleccionará como un terminal GRUB.</p>" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalar código de arranque en partición /boot (no instalar</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n" -"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Secciones de último recurso si falla el valor por defecto</b> contiene una lista de números de secciones\n" -"que se utilizarán para el arranque en caso de que no sea posible arrancar la sección por defecto.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "No instalar código de arranque en partición /boot (instalar</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 -msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Al seleccionar <b>Ocultar menú al arrancar</b> se ocultará el menú de arranque.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalar código de arranque en partición \"/\" (no instalar</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 -msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Archivo de menú gráfico</b> define el archivo que se debe utilizar para el menú de arranque gráfico.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" +msgstr "No instalar el código de arranque en la partición \"/\" (instalar</a>)" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 -msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Habilitar señales acústicas</b> activa o desactiva las señales acústicas.</p>" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Advertencia: no se ha seleccionado la ubicación del cargador de arranque stage1. A no ser que sepa lo que hace, seleccione la ubicación anterior." -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" -"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Proteger el cargador de arranque mediante contraseña</b><br>\n" -"Defina la contraseña requerida para acceder al menú de arranque. YaST solo aceptará la contraseña si la introduce de nuevo\n" -"en el campo <b>Repetir contraseña</b>.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +msgid "Change Location: %s" +msgstr "Cambiar ubicación: %s" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" +msgstr "&Tiempo límite en segundos" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" -"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" -"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n" -"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" +"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Orden de los discos</b></big><br>\n" -"Para especificar el orden de los discos según el orden del BIOS, utilice\n" -"los botones <b>Arriba</b> y <b>Abajo</b> para reorganizar los discos.\n" -"Para agregar un disco, haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n" -"Para eliminar un disco, haga clic en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" +"<p><b>Tiempo límite en segundos</b><br>\n" +"Especifica el tiempo que el cargador de arranque debe esperar hasta que esté cargado el núcleo por defecto.</p>\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 -msgid "Boot Loader Locations" -msgstr "Ubicaciones del cargador de arranque" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Est&ablecer indicador activo en tabla de partición para partición de arranque" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 -msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" -msgstr "&Tiempo límite en segundos" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Establecer indicador activo en tabla de partición para partición de arranque</b></p>\n" +"Para activar la partición que contiene el cargador de arranque. El código MBR genérico arrancará entonces\n" +"la partición activa. Los BIOS más antiguos requieren que haya una partición activa, aunque\n" +"el cargador de arranque esté instalado en el MBR.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 -msgid "&Default Boot Section" -msgstr "Sección de arranque por &defecto" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Escribir código de arranque &genérico en el MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 -msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" -msgstr "Usar GRUB de confian&za" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"boots the active partition).</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Escribir código de arranque genérico en el MBR</b> sustituye el MBR del disco con código genérico (código independiente del sistema\n" +"operativo que arranca la partición activa).</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 -msgid "Custom Boot Partition" -msgstr "Personalizar partición de arranque" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 -msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Arranque desde el registro de arranque principal (MBR)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 -msgid "Boot from Root Partition" -msgstr "Arrancar desde partición raíz" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 -msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" -msgstr "Arrancar desde partición de arranque" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 -msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" -msgstr "Arrancar desde partición extendida" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 -msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" -msgstr "&Parámetros de conexión en serie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 -msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" -msgstr "Secciones de último recurso si falla el valor por defecto" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&Ocultar menú en el arranque" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 -msgid "Graphical &Menu File" -msgstr "Archivo de &menú gráfico" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Al seleccionar <b>Ocultar menú al arrancar</b> se ocultará el menú de arranque.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 -msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" -msgstr "Contra&seña de la interfaz del menú" +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" +msgstr "&Sondear sistema operativo foráneo" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 -msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" -msgstr "&Indicador de depuración" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 +msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Sondear sistema operativo foráneo</b> sondea otros sistemas operativos mediante os-prober para el multiarranque con otras distribuciones </p>" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration -#. and installation -#. -#. Authors: -#. Jiri Srain -#. Joachim Plack -#. Olaf Dabrunz -#. Philipp Thomas -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68 -msgid "Choose new graphical menu file" -msgstr "Elegir nuevo archivo de menú gráfico" +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" +msgstr "&Parámetro de línea de comandos del núcleo opcional" -#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))), -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129 -msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals" -msgstr "Habilitar &señales acústicas" - -#. Validate function of a popup -#. @param [String] key any widget key -#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation -#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254 -msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" -msgstr "&Proteger el cargador de arranque mediante contraseña" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259 -msgid "&Password" -msgstr "Contrase&ña" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262 -msgid "Re&type Password" -msgstr "Repe&tir contraseña" - -#. Common widget of a console -#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 -msgid "Use &serial console" -msgstr "Usar la consola en &serie" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 -msgid "&Console arguments" -msgstr "Argumentos de la &consola" - -#. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 -msgid "&Device" -msgstr "&Dispositivo" - -#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534 -msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" -msgstr "La asignación de dispositivo debe contener al menos un dispositivo" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543 -msgid "D&isks" -msgstr "Dis&cos" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555 -msgid "&Up" -msgstr "&Arriba" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556 -msgid "&Down" -msgstr "&Abajo" - -#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" -#. -#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730 -msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" -msgstr "Inicia&r desde la partición raíz" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731 -msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" -msgstr "Iniciar desde la par&tición de arranque" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Ubicación del cargador de arranque" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Iniciar desde el &MBR" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752 -msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" -msgstr "Iniciar d&esde la partición extendida" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819 -msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" -msgstr "Partición de arranq&ue personalizada" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812 -msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" -msgstr "Habilitar red&undancia para matriz MD" - -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 -msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" -msgstr "&Detalles de la instalación del cargador de arranque" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 -msgid "Boot Code Options" -msgstr "Opciones del código de arranque" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "Kernel Parameters" -msgstr "Parámetros del núcleo" - -#. Title in tab -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "Bootloader Options" -msgstr "Opciones del cargador de arranque" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 -msgid "Secure Boot" -msgstr "Arranque seguro" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 -msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" -msgstr "Habilitar asistencia de arranque &seguro" - -#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 -msgid "Boot &Loader Location" -msgstr "U&bicación del cargador de arranque" - -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 -msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." -msgstr "Elija la partición donde está instalada la secuencia de arranque." - -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/grup2/helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Authors: -#. Joachim Plack -#. -#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $ -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Parámetro opcional de línea de comandos del núcleo</b> permite definir parámetros adicionales que se deseen enviar al núcleo.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30 -msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Modo VGA</b> define el modo VGA para la <i>consola</i> que el núcleo debe definir en el arranque.</p>" +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +msgid "&Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "&Indicador de MBR de protección" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29 -msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Parámetro de línea de comandos de núcleo a prueba de fallos</b> permite definir parámetros a prueba de fallos para pasar al núcleo</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32 -msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Sondear sistema operativo foráneo</b> sondea otros sistemas operativos mediante os-prober para el multiarranque con otras distribuciones </p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Indicador de MBR de protección</b> es un ajuste para expertos que solo se necesita en hardware muy específico. Para obtener más información, consulte la sección sobre MBR de protección en los discos GPT. No cambie este ajuste si no está seguro de lo que hace.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 -msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Distribuidor</b> permite especificar el nombre del distribuidor del núcleo usado para crear el nombre de la entrada de arranque. </p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 -msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "&Parámetro de línea de comandos del núcleo opcional" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 -msgid "D&istributor" -msgstr "D&istribuidor" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 -msgid "&Vga Mode" -msgstr "Modo &VGA" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 -msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" -msgstr "&Parámetro de línea de comandos de núcleo a prueba de fallos" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS" -msgstr "Sondear sistema operativo foráneo" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 -msgid "Protective MBR flag" -msgstr "Indicador de MBR de protección" - -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#. combo box item -#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels -#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels -#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32) -#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523 -msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)" -msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bits (modo %4)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537 -msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode." -msgstr "Modo de fuente de 8 píxeles estándar." - -#. item of a combo box -#. item of a combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540 -msgid "Text Mode" -msgstr "Modo de texto" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541 -msgid "Unspecified" -msgstr "Sin especificar" - #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 msgid "set" msgstr "establecer" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 msgid "remove" msgstr "eliminar" #. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "no cambiar" -#. Init function for console -#. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 -msgid "Autodetect by grub2" -msgstr "Autodetectar mediante grub2" +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" +msgstr "Habilitar asistencia de arranque &seguro" -#. FATE: #110038: Serial console -#. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 -msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" -msgstr "Elegir nuevo archivo de tema gráfico" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" +msgstr "Marque esta opción para habilitar el arranque seguro de UEFI\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 -msgid "Use &graphical console" -msgstr "Usar la consola &gráfica" +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" +msgstr "Habilitar asistencia de arranque de &confianza" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 -msgid "&Console resolution" -msgstr "Resolución de &consola" +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 +msgid "<b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +msgstr "<b>Arranque de confianza</b> instalará la versión de confianza de GRUB2 en lugar de la versión normal de GRUB2.\n" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 -msgid "&Console theme" -msgstr "Tema de la &consola" +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" +msgstr "&Proteger el cargador de arranque mediante contraseña" -#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 -msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -msgstr "Cargado de arranque %s no admitido. Adapte el perfil de AutoYaST en consecuencia." +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" +msgstr "P&roteger solo modificación de entradas" -#. file open popup caption -#. file open popup caption -#. file open popup caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279 -msgid "Select File" -msgstr "Seleccionar archivo" +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" +msgstr "&Contraseña para el usuario Root de GRUB2" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 -msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "La partición de arranque es del tipo NFS. El cargador de arranque no se puede instalar." +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +msgid "Re&type Password" +msgstr "Repe&tir contraseña" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings" -msgstr "Ajustes del cargador de arranque" - -#. message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159 -msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader." -msgstr "No hay ninguna opción que definir para el cargador de arranque actual." - -#. heading -#. heading -#. heading -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325 -msgid "Kernel Section" -msgstr "Sección del núcleo" - -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#. frame -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636 -msgid "Section Settings" -msgstr "Ajustes de sección" - -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management" -msgstr "Ajustes del cargador de arranque: gestión de secciones" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585 -msgid "Xen Section" -msgstr "Sección de Xen" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591 -msgid "Menu Section" -msgstr "Sección de menú" - -#. heading -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593 -msgid "Dump Section" -msgstr "Sección de volcado" - -#. label -#. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628 -msgid "Other System Section" -msgstr "Sección de otros sistemas" - -#. combobox label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803 -msgid "&Filename" -msgstr "Nombre de &archivo" - -#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811 -msgid "Filename: %1" -msgstr "Nombre de archivo: %1" - -#. multiline edit header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828 -msgid "Fi&le Contents" -msgstr "Contenido del ar&chivo" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836 -msgid "Expert Manual Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración manual avanzada" - -#. sections list widget -#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections -#. @param [Array Object>}] sects list of current sections -#. menu button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "Otros" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116 -msgid "Image" -msgstr "Imagen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134 -msgid "Xen" -msgstr "Xen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -msgid "Floppy" -msgstr "Disquete" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154 -msgid "Menu" -msgstr "Menú" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161 -msgid "Dump" -msgstr "Volcado" - -#. table header, Def stands for default -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255 -msgid "Def." -msgstr "Def." - -#. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257 -msgid "Label" -msgstr "Etiqueta" - -#. table header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Tipo" - -#. table header; header for section details, either -#. the specification of the kernel image to load, -#. or the specification of device to boot from -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263 -msgid "Image / Device" -msgstr "Imagen/dispositivo" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271 -msgid "Set as De&fault" -msgstr "Definir como por de&fecto" - -#. combo box -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312 -msgid "&Boot Loader" -msgstr "&Cargador de arranque" - -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343 -msgid "" -"\n" -"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" -"might not start.\n" -"\n" -"Proceed?\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Si no instala ningún cargador de arranque, puede que\n" -"el sistema no se inicie.\n" -" \n" -" ¿Desea continuar?\n" - -#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377 -msgid "" -"\n" -"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n" -"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n" -"\n" -"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n" -"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n" -"\n" -"Select a course of action:\n" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"Ha decidido cambiar el cargador de arranque. Al convertir\n" -" la configuración, algunos ajustes podrían perderse.\n" -" \n" -" Se guardará la configuración actual y podrá\n" -" restaurarla si vuelve al cargador de arranque actual.\n" -" \n" -" Seleccione qué desea hacer:\n" - -#. radiobutton -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593 -msgid "&Propose New Configuration" -msgstr "&Proponer nueva configuración" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406 -msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration" -msgstr "Con&vertir la configuración actual" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415 -msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch" -msgstr "&Iniciar nueva configuración desde cero" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423 -msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk" -msgstr "&Cargar la configuración guardada en el disco" - -#. radiobutton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433 -msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion" -msgstr "Res&tablecer configuración guardada antes de la conversión" - -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514 -msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections." -msgstr "Seleccione el cargador de arranque antes de editar las secciones." - -#. pushbutton -#. menu button entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586 -msgid "E&dit Configuration Files" -msgstr "E&ditar archivos de configuración" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600 -msgid "&Start from Scratch" -msgstr "&Empezar de cero" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608 -msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk" -msgstr "&Recargar configuración del disco" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625 -msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk" -msgstr "Restablecer MBR del disco duro" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633 -msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk" -msgstr "Escribir código de arranque del cargador de arranque en el disco" - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665 -msgid "MBR restored successfully." -msgstr "MBR restaurado correctamente." - -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668 -msgid "Failed to restore MBR." -msgstr "Error al restaurar el MBR." - -#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false); -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691 -msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed." -msgstr "Error al escribir el valor del cargador de arranque." - -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730 -msgid "&Section Management" -msgstr "Gestión de &secciones" - -#. tab header -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740 -msgid "Boot Loader &Installation" -msgstr "&Instalación del cargador de arranque" - -#. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818 -msgid "Boot &Loader Options" -msgstr "Opciones del &cargador de arranque" - -#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32 -msgid "" -"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" -"Change the settings of your boot loader.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><BIG><B>Herramienta de configuración del cargador de arranque</B></BIG><BR>\n" -"Permite cambiar los ajustes del cargador de arranque.</P>" - -#. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:41 -msgid "" -"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Please wait...<br></p>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B><BIG>Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque</BIG></B><BR>\n" -"Espere...<br></p>" - -#. help text, optional part of following -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n" -"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene instalados varios sistemas Linux,\n" -"YaST puede intentar detectarlos y fusionar sus menús." - -#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty) -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58 -msgid "" -"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n" -"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" -"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Empleando la opción <B>Otros</B>\n" -"podrá editar manualmente los archivos de configuración del cargador de arranque,\n" -"borrar la configuración actual y crear una nueva, empezar desde cero o volver a leer\n" -"la configuración guardada en el disco. %1</P>" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n" -"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Para editar los archivos de configuración del cargador de arranque\n" -"manualmente, pulse en <B>Editar archivos de configuración</B>.</P>" - -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83 -msgid "" -"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n" -"in the boot menu.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>En la tabla, cada sección representa una opción\n" -"en el menú de arranque.</P>" - -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87 -msgid "" -"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n" -"selected section.</P>" -msgstr "<P>Haga clic en <b>Editar</b> para mostrar las propiedades de la sección seleccionada.</p>" - -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n" -"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n" -"a boot menu and wait for the user to select the kernel or other \n" -"OS to boot. If no key is pressed before the time-out, the default \n" -"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" -"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Al hacer clic en <b>Definir como opción por defecto</b>,\n" -"la sección seleccionada se marca como opción por defecto. Al arrancar, el cargador de arranque\n" -"presentará un menú y esperará a que el usuario seleccione el núcleo u\n" -"otro sistema operativo desde el que arrancar. Si no se pulsa ninguna tecla antes de que transcurra el tiempo límite,\n" -"se arrancará desde el núcleo o desde el sistema operativo por defecto. El orden de las secciones del menú del cargador\n" -"de arranque se puede cambiar mediante los botones <B>Arriba</B> y <B>Abajo</B>.</P>" - -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n" -"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Haga clic en <B>Añadir</B> para crear una nueva sección de\n" -"cargador de arranque o en <B>Suprimir</B> para eliminar o borrar la sección seleccionada.</P>" - -#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7 -#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO") -#. this should be per architecture -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115 -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n" -"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Ubicación del gestor de arranque</b></big><br>\n" -"El cargador de arranque (%1) se puede instalar de las siguientes formas:</p>" - -#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n" -"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n" -"on the computer.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>- En el <b>Registro de inicio principal</b> (MBR).\n" -"No es recomendable si hay otro sistema operativo instalado\n" -" en el equipo.</p>" - -#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" -"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n" -"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n" -"to update the master boot record\n" -"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" -"to start &product;.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"- En el <b>Sector de arranque</b> de la partición <tt>/boot</tt> o <tt>/</tt> \n" -"(raíz). Es la opción más recomendable siempre que haya una partición\n" -" adecuada. Defina <b>Activar la partición del cargador de arranque</b> y\n" -" <b>Sustituir MBR por código genérico</b> en <b>Detalles de la instalación del cargador de arranque</b>\n" -" para actualizar el registro de inicio principal,\n" -" si es necesario, o configure el otro gestor de arranque\n" -" para iniciar &product;.</p>" - -#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7 -#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n" -"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n" -"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n" -"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"- En un <b>Disquete</b>.\n" -" Use esta opción para evitar el riesgo de interferencia\n" -" con otros mecanismos de arranque ya existentes. Debe habilitar el arranque desde disquetes\n" -"en el BIOS del equipo para poder usar esta opción.</p>" - -#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n" -"when selecting this option.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"- En alguna <b>Otra</b> partición. Tenga en cuenta las restricciones del\n" -"sistema a la hora de seleccionar esta opción.</p>" - -#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" -"limit that restricts booting to\n" -"hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" -"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Por ejemplo, la mayoría de los equipos tienen un\n" -"límite en el BIOS que impide el arranque desde\n" -"cilindros de discos duros de menos de 1024. Según el gestor de arranque\n" -"que se utilice, puede que no pueda arrancar desde una partición lógica.</p>" - -#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>\n" -"Escriba el nombre de dispositivo de la partición (por ejemplo, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> o\n" -"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) en el campo de entrada.</p>" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n" -"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n" -"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Detalles de la instalación del cargador de arranque</b><br>\n" -"Para ajustar las opciones avanzadas de instalación del cargador de arranque (como la\n" -"asignación de dispositivos), haga clic en <b>Detalles de la instalación del cargador de arranque</b>.</p>" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n" -"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" -"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tipo de cargador de arranque</b><br>\n" -"Para seleccionar si se debe instalar un cargador de arranque y cuál de ellos instalar,\n" -"utilice <b>Cargador de arranque</b>.</p>" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n" -"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n" -"<b>Boot Loader Options</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Opciones del cargador de arranque</b><br>\n" -"Para ajustar las opciones del cargador de arranque, como el tiempo límite, haga clic en \n" -"<b>Opciones del cargador de arranque</b>.</p>" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n" -"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n" -"<P>Note: The final configuration file may have different indenting.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Configuración manual avanzada</B><BR>\n" -"Aquí se puede editar manualmente la configuración del cargador de arranque.</P>\n" -"<P>Nota: el archivo de configuración final puede tener un sangrado distinto.</P>" - -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n" -"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" -"name must be unique.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Nombre de sección</b><br>\n" -"Utilice <b>Nombre de sección</b> para especificar el nombre de la sección del cargador de arranque. El nombre\n" -"de la sección debe ser exclusivo.</p>" - -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255 -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n" -"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Tipo de la nueva sección</b></big><br>\n" -"Seleccione el tipo de la nueva sección que se va a crear.</p>" - -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n" -"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" -"selected section.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Clonar sección seleccionada</b> para duplicar la sección\n" -"seleccionada actualmente. A continuación, modifique las opciones que desee\n" -"diferenciar de la sección seleccionada.</p>" - -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" -"to load and start.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Sección de imagen</b> para añadir un nuevo núcleo de Linux\n" -"u otra imagen para cargar e iniciar.</p>" - -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" -"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Sección de Xen</b> para añadir un nuevo núcleo de Linux\n" -"u otra imagen, pero desea iniciarla en un entorno de Xen.</p>" - -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n" -"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Otro sistema (cargador de cadenas)</b> para añadir una sección que \n" -"cargue e inicie un sector de arranque de una partición del disco. Esta opción se utiliza para\n" -"arrancar otros sistemas operativos.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n" -"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" -"booting other operating systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Sección de menú</b> para añadir una\n" -"sección que cargue el archivo de configuración (la lista de las secciones de arranque) de una\n" -"partición del disco. Esto se utiliza para arrancar otros sistemas operativos.</p>" - -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697 -msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" -msgstr "Orden de los discos duros: %1" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48 -msgid "Do not install any boot loader" -msgstr "No instalar ningún cargador de arranque" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50 -msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" -msgstr "No instalar ningún cargador de arranque" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55 -msgid "Install the default boot loader" -msgstr "Instalar el cargador de arranque por defecto" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57 -msgid "Install Default Boot Loader" -msgstr "Instalar el cargador de arranque por defecto" - -#. summary string -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61 -msgid "Boot loader" -msgstr "Cargador de arranque" - -#. combo box item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63 -msgid "Boot Loader" -msgstr "Cargador de arranque" - -#. popup, %1 is bootloader name -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101 -msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk." -msgstr "El sector de arranque %1 ha sido copiado en el disquete." - -#. popup - continuing -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113 -msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive." -msgstr "Dejar el disquete en la disquetera. " - -#. popup message -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35 -msgid "" -"This function is not available if the boot\n" -"loader is not specified." -msgstr "" -"Esta función no está disponible si no se\n" -"indica el cargador de arranque." - -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Really leave the boot loader configuration without saving?\n" -"All changes will be lost.\n" -msgstr "" -"¿Desea salir sin guardar la configuración del cargador de arranque?\n" -"Se perderán todos los cambios.\n" - -#. yes-no popup question -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59 -msgid "Really delete section %1?" -msgstr "¿Está seguro que desea suprimir la sección %1?" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "La contraseña no debe estar vacía," -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -1431,644 +353,272 @@ "Los valores introducidos en 'Contraseña' y 'Repetir Contraseña'\n" "no coinciden. Vuelva a introducir la contraseña" -#. message popup, %1 is sectino label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 msgid "" -"The disk settings have changed.\n" -"Check section %1 settings.\n" +"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" msgstr "" -"La configuración del disco ha cambiado.\n" -"Compruebe la configuración de la sección %1.\n" +"<p><b>Proteger el cargador de arranque mediante contraseña</b><br>\n" +"Durante el arranque, para realizar una modificación o incluso para arrancar desde cualquier entrada se requerirá la contraseña. Si la opción <b>Proteger solo modificación de entradas</b> está activada, no hará falta la contraseña para arrancar desde cualquier entrada, pero sí para modificarla (el comportamiento que presentaba GRUB 1).<br>YaST solo aceptará la contraseña si la repite en <b>Repetir contraseña</b>. La contraseña se aplica al usuario Root de GRUB2, que es distinto al usuario Root de Linux. YaST no admite actualmente otros usuarios de GRUB2. Si los necesita, use un guion de GRUB2 distinto.</p></p>" -#. message popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100 -msgid "" -"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n" -"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" -msgstr "" -"La configuración del disco ha cambiado y además ha editado manualmente\n" -"los archivos de configuración del cargador de arranque. Compruebe las opciones del cargador de arranque.\n" +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" +msgstr "Elegir nuevo archivo de tema gráfico" -#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set -#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete -#. sentence. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116 -msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" -msgstr "%1 ¿Definir la ubicación por defecto del cargador de arranque?\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +msgid "Use &graphical console" +msgstr "Usar la consola &gráfica" -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128 -msgid "Do Not Create a File System" -msgstr "No crear sistema de archivos " +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +msgid "&Console resolution" +msgstr "Resolución de &consola" -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130 -msgid "Create an ext2 File System" -msgstr "Crear un sistema de archivos ext2" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +msgid "&Console theme" +msgstr "Tema de la &consola" -#. combobox item -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136 -msgid "Create a FAT File System" -msgstr "Crear un sistema de archivos FAT" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +msgid "Autodetect by grub2" +msgstr "Autodetectar mediante grub2" -#. label -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n" -"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n" -"and confirm with OK.\n" -msgstr "" -"El sector de arranque de LILO será escrito a disquete.\n" -"Inserte un disquete formateado y confirme con 'Aceptar'.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +msgid "Use &serial console" +msgstr "Usar la consola en &serie" -#. checkbox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150 -msgid "&Low Level Format" -msgstr "Formato de &bajo nivel" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +msgid "&Console arguments" +msgstr "Argumentos de la &consola" -#. combobox -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153 -msgid "&Create File System" -msgstr "&Crear sistema de archivos " +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +msgid "&Default Boot Section" +msgstr "Sección de arranque por &defecto" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182 -msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?" -msgstr "El formato de bajo nivel ha fallado. ¿Volver a intentarlo?" - -#. error report -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207 -msgid "Creating file system failed." -msgstr "Error al crear el sistema de ficheros" - -#. error popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "" -"The name selected is already used.\n" -"Use a different one.\n" +"<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" +"the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" +"wait for the user to select a kernel or OS to boot. If no\n" +"key is pressed before the timeout, the default kernel or OS will\n" +"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" +"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"El nombre seleccionado ya está usado.\n" -"Seleccione otro distinto.\n" +"<p> Pulsando <b>Definir como opción por defecto</b> se marca la sección\n" +"seleccionada como sección por defecto. Al arrancar, el cargador de arranque\n" +" proporcionará un menú de arranque y esperará a que el usuario seleccione un núcleo u otro sistema operativo para \n" +"arrancar. Si no se pulsa ninguna tecla\n" +" antes del tiempo límite, se cargará el núcleo o el sistema operativo\n" +" por defecto. Es posible cambiar el orden de las secciones en el menú del cargador de arranque utilizando los botones <b>Arriba</b> y <b>Abajo.</b></p>\n" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229 -msgid "" -"An error occurred during boot loader\n" -"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n" -msgstr "" -"Se ha producido un error al instalar el cargador de arranque.\n" -"¿Volver a cargar la configuración del cargador de arranque?\n" +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Ubicación del cargador de arranque" -#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241 -msgid "Unable to install the boot loader." -msgstr "No es posible instalar el cargador de arranque." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" +msgstr "Si se marca, se debe especificar un dispositivo de arranque personalizado" -#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of -#. 'date' command output -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Warning!\n" -"\n" -"Current MBR of %1 will now be rewritten with MBR\n" -"saved at %2.\n" -"\n" -"Only the booting code in the MBR will be rewritten.\n" -"The partition table remains unchanged.\n" -"\n" -"Continue?\n" -msgstr "" -"¡Atención!\n" -"\n" -"El MBR guardado en %2 sobrescribirá el MBR\n" -"actual de %1.\n" -"\n" -"Sólo se sobrescribirá el código de arranque en el MBR.\n" -"La tabla de particiones no se modifica.\n" -"\n" -"¿Desea continuar?\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" +msgstr "Iniciar desde la par&tición de arranque" -#. PushButton -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305 -msgid "&Yes, Rewrite" -msgstr "&Sí, sobrescribir" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" +msgstr "&Arrancar desde partición raíz" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. Bootloader installation and configuration -#. -#. Summary: -#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets -#. -#. Authors: -#. Josef Reidinger -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23 -msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Sección de imagen</b></p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Iniciar desde el &MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24 -msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Imagen del núcleo</b> define el núcleo que se debe arrancar. Introduzca el nombre directamente o mediante <b>Examinar.</b></p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" +msgstr "Iniciar d&esde la partición extendida" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27 -msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Dispositivo raíz</b> define el dispositivo que debe enviarse al núcleo como dispositivo raíz.</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" +msgstr "Partición de arranq&ue personalizada" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" -"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Disco RAM inicial.</b> Si no está vacío, define el disco RAM inicial que se debe utilizar. Introduzca la vía y el nombre de archivo\n" -"directamente o selecciónelos mediante <b>Examinar.</b></p>\n" +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" +msgstr "&Editar orden de arranque de discos" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39 -msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Sección del cargador de cadenas</b> si desea definir una sección para arrancar un sistema operativo distinto de Linux.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42 -msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Si activa <b>Usar protección mediante contraseña,</p> se necesitará una contraseña para seleccionar esta sección.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45 -msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Otro sistema</b> permite elegir entre los sistemas operativos distintos de Linux detectados en el equipo.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48 -msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>" -msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Activar esta partición cuando se seleccione para el arranque</b> si el BIOS necesita que este indicador esté definido para poder arrancarla.</p>" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 msgid "" -"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n" +"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" +"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" +"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons to reorder the disks.\n" +"To add a disk, push <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Desplazamiento del bloque para la carga en cadena</b> permite especificar la lista de bloques que se desea arrancar. En la mayoría de los casos, es recomendable\n" -"especificar <code>+1</code> aquí. Para obtener información específica acerca de la notación de listas de bloques, consulte la documentación de grub.</p>\n" +"<p><big><b>Orden de los discos</b></big><br>\n" +"Para especificar el orden de los discos según el orden del BIOS, utilice\n" +"los botones <b>Arriba</b> y <b>Abajo</b> para reorganizar los discos.\n" +"Para agregar un disco, haga clic en <b>Añadir</b>.\n" +"Para eliminar un disco, haga clic en <b>Eliminar</b>.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" -"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Sección de Xen</b> si desea añadir un nuevo núcleo de Linux u otra\n" -"imagen e iniciarla en un entorno de Xen.</p>\n" +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +msgid "&Kernel Parameters" +msgstr "&Parámetros del núcleo" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57 -msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> especifica el Hypervisor que se desea utilizar.</p>" +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +msgid "Boot Co&de Options" +msgstr "&Opciones del código de arranque" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60 -msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Parámetros adicionales para el hipervisor Xen</b> permite definir parámetros adicionales para pasar al hipervisor xen.</p>" +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +msgid "Boot&loader Options" +msgstr "Op&ciones del cargador de arranque" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63 -msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Sección de menú</b></p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" +msgstr "Habilitar arranque seguro: %1" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64 -msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Partición del archivo de menú</b></p>" +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "Debido a la creación de particiones, no es posible instalar el cargador de arranque correctamente." -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65 -msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Archivo de la descripción del menú</b> especifica la vía en el dispositivo raíz desde la que se cargará el archivo de menú.</p>" +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +msgid "Do not install any boot loader" +msgstr "No instalar ningún cargador de arranque" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68 -msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Asignar la sección al primer disco del mapa de dispositivos.</b> Normalmente Windows debe estar en el primer disco.</p>" +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +msgid "Booting" +msgstr "Arranque" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n" -"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Medidas</b> incluye los archivos medidos con PCR. Es posible cambiar la tabla mediante los botones <b>Añadir,</b>\n" -" <b>Editar</b> y <b>Suprimir.</b></p>" +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +msgid "&Booting" +msgstr "&Arranque" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n" -"Usually specified in global section</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Permitir intento de reubicación</b>\n" -"Especificado usualmente en la sección global</p>" +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún cargador de arranque para la instalación. Su sistema podría no ser capaz de arrancar." -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n" -"Usually specified in global section</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Forzar que el sistema de archivos raíz se monte como de sólo lectura</b><br>\n" -"Normalmente se especifica en la sección global</p>" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "No es posible instalar correctamente el cargador de arranque debido a la partición." -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80 +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n" -"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" -"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>" +"<P><BIG><B>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</B></BIG><BR>\n" +"Reading current configuration...</P>" msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Sección de volcado</b> para añadir una sección que especifique cómo se debe \n" -"crear un volcado de sistema en una partición de disco DASD, en un dispositivo de cinta o en un\n" -" archivo de una partición de disco SCSI.</p>" +"<P><BIG><B>Herramienta de configuración del cargador de arranque</B></BIG><BR>\n" +"Leyendo la configuración actual...</P>" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" -"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n" +"<P><B><BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Elija <b>Sección de menú</b> para añadir un menú nuevo a la configuración.\n" -"Las secciones de menú muestran una lista de tareas agrupadas.</p>\n" +"<P><B><BIG>Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque</BIG></B><BR>\n" +"Espere...<br></p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" -"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Seleccione <b>Habilitar SELinux</b> para añadir los parámetros de arranque del núcleo necesarios y habilitar el entorno de seguridad SELinux. \n" -"Tenga en cuenta que se inhabilitará AppArmor.</p>" - -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95 -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583 -msgid "Image Section" -msgstr "Sección de imagen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96 -msgid "&Kernel Image" -msgstr "Imagen del &núcleo" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97 -msgid "&Root Device" -msgstr "Dispositivo &raíz" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100 -msgid "&Initial RAM Disk" -msgstr "Disco &RAM inicial" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101 -msgid "Chainloader Section" -msgstr "Sección del cargador de cadenas" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102 -msgid "Use Password Protection" -msgstr "Usar protección mediante contraseña" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103 -msgid "&Other System" -msgstr "&Otro sistema" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104 -msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting" -msgstr "No &verificar el sistema de archivos antes de arrancar" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105 -msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot" -msgstr "&Activar esta partición cuando se seleccione para arranque" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106 -msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading" -msgstr "B&loquear desplazamiento para la carga en cadena (chainloading)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107 -msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map" -msgstr "Asignar sección al pri&mer disco de la asignación de dispositivos" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109 -msgid "&Hypervisor" -msgstr "&Hipervisor" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110 -msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters" -msgstr "P&arámetros adicionales para el hipervisor Xen" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112 -msgid "&Partition of Menu File" -msgstr "&Partición del archivo del menú" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113 -msgid "&Menu Description File" -msgstr "Archivo de descripción del &menú" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114 -msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only" -msgstr "&Forzar que el sistema de archivos raíz se monte en modo de solo lectura" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115 -msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate" -msgstr "Pe&rmitir intento de reubicación" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116 -msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section" -msgstr "&Directorio de destino para la sección" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117 -msgid "Op&tional Parameter File" -msgstr "Archivo de paráme&tro opcional" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118 -msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)" -msgstr "Sección de volcado (obsoleto)" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119 -msgid "&Dump Device" -msgstr "&Dispositivo de volcado" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120 -msgid "&SCSI Dump Device" -msgstr "Dispositivo de volcado &SCSI" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122 -msgid "&List of Menu Entries" -msgstr "&Lista de entradas del menú" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123 -msgid "&Number of Default Entry" -msgstr "&Número de la entrada por defecto" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124 -msgid "&Timeout in seconds" -msgstr "&Tiempo límite en segundos" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125 -msgid "&Show boot menu" -msgstr "Mo&strar menú de arranque" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126 -msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition" -msgstr "C&opiar imagen en partición de arranque" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127 -msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors" -msgstr "Omitir la &sección cuando se produzcan errores" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128 -msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System" -msgstr "&Partición de arranque de otro sistema" - -#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58 -msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image" -msgstr "La sección de imagen debe tener una imagen de núcleo especificada" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65 -msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "El archivo de imagen no existe ahora. ¿Seguro que desea usarlo?" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82 -msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?" -msgstr "El archivo initrd no existe ahora. ¿Seguro que desea usarlo?" - -#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:""; -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227 -msgid "Enable &SELinux" -msgstr "Habilitar &SELinux" - -#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc. -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401 -msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)" -msgstr "El nombre incluye caracteres no permitidos" - -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533 -msgid "Ask for resolution during boot." -msgstr "Pedir la resolución durante el arranque." - -#. radio button -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573 -msgid "Clone Selected Section" -msgstr "Clonar sección seleccionada" - -#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader') -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587 -msgid "Other System (Chainloader)" -msgstr "Otro sistema (cargador de cadenas)" - -#. frame -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609 -msgid "Section Type" -msgstr "Tipo de sección" - -#. text entry -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668 -msgid "Section &Name" -msgstr "Nombre de &sección" - -#. error report -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Debido a la creación de particiones, no es posible instalar el cargador de arranque correctamente." - -#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal -#. -#. -#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instalar código de arranque en MBR (no instalar</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" -msgstr "No instalar código de arranque en MBR (instalar</a>)" - -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instalar código de arranque en partición /boot (no instalar</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" -msgstr "No instalar código de arranque en partición /boot (instalar</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Instalar código de arranque en partición \"/\" (no instalar</a>)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" -msgstr "No instalar el código de arranque en la partición \"/\" (instalar</a>)" - -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 -msgid "Change Location: %s" -msgstr "Cambiar ubicación: %s" - -#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO) -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96 -msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" -msgstr "Tipo de cargador de arranque: %1" - -#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 -msgid " (\"/boot\")" -msgstr " (\"/arranque\")" - -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 -msgid " (extended)" -msgstr " (extendido)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 -msgid " (\"/\")" -msgstr " (\"/\")" - -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 -msgid " (MBR)" -msgstr " (MBR)" - -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 -msgid "Status Location: %1" -msgstr "Ubicación del estado: %1" - -#. section name "suffix" for default section -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768 -msgid " (default)" -msgstr " (defecto)" - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779 -msgid "Sections:<br>%1" -msgstr "Secciones:<br>%1" - -#. summary text -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788 -msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -msgstr "No instalar el cargador de arranque; crear sólo archivos de configuración" - -#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919 -msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" -msgstr "Proponer y &fusionar con los menús existentes de GRUB " - -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Advertencia: no se ha seleccionado la ubicación del cargador de arranque stage1. A no ser que sepa lo que hace, seleccione la ubicación anterior." - -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104 -msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" -msgstr "Habilitar arranque seguro: %1" - -#. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 -msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" -msgstr "Cargador de arranque desconocido: %1" - #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "Combinación no admitida de la plataforma de hardware %1 y el cargador de arranque %2" #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "El arranque desde MBR no funciona junto con el sistema de archivos btrfs y la etiqueta de disco GPT sin una partición bios_grub. Para solucionar este problema, cree la partición bios_grub, use cualquier sistema de archivos ext para la partición de arranque o no instale stage1 en MBR." +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage #. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "El dispositivo de arranque es un raid tipo: %1. El sistema no puede arrancar." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "El dispositivo de arranque está en el RAID1 del software. Seleccione otra ubicación para el cargador de arranque como, por ejemplo, MBR (Registro de arranque principal)." -#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243 -msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -msgstr "YaST no puede determinar el orden de arranque exacto o se necesitan discos para la asignación de dispositivo. Revise y ajuste si fuera necesario el orden de arranque de los discos en la sección Detalles de la instalación del cargador de arranque." - #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "Falta la partición ext para el arranque. No es posible instalar el código de arranque." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "El instalador no establece el indicador de activación. Si no se ha establecido, algunos BIOS podrían no arrancar." + +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "El instalador no modificará el MBR del disco, a no ser que ya incluya el código de arranque, el BIOS no podrá arrancar desde el disco." + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Comprobar el cargador de arranque" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Leer particiones" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Cargar la configuración del cargador de arranque" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Comprobando el cargador de arranque..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Leyendo particiones..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Cargando la configuración del cargador de arranque..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del cargador de arranque" -#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 -msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" -msgstr "Parámetros del núcleo adicionales: %1" - #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Crear initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 -msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" -msgstr "Guardar los archivos de configuración del cargador de arranque" +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +msgid "Save boot loader configuration" +msgstr "Guardar configuración del cargador de arranque" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 -msgid "Install boot loader" -msgstr "Instalar el cargador de arranque" - #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Creando initrd ..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 -msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." -msgstr "Guardando los archivos de configuración del cargador de arranque..." +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." +msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 -msgid "Installing boot loader..." -msgstr "Instalando el cargador de arranque..." - #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cio.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cio.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cio.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cio\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -39,189 +39,598 @@ " " #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "Servidor CIM" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Configuración de la instalación" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Resumen" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Experto" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración de la instalación en vivo" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Actualizar configuración" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de red" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del hardware" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Preparación" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Cargar configuración de red de linuxrc" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Configuración automática de red" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Bienvenido" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Activación de la red" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Activación de disco" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Análisis del sistema" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "Actualización del instalador" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Productos complementarios" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zona horaria" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del usuario" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de la instalación" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Realizar la instalación" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +msgid "Installer Cleanup" +msgstr "Limpieza del instalador" + +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Instalación" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Sistema que actualizar" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 msgid "Update" msgstr "Actualización" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Resumen de la actualización" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Actualizar" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Instalación base" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "Configuración de AutoYaST" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del sistema" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"The installation has completed successfully.\n" +"Your system is ready for use.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"</p>\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p>\n" +"La instalación se ha completado correctamente.\n" +"El sistema está listo para usarse.\n" +"Haga clic en Finalizar para entrar al sistema.\n" +"</p>\n" +"<p>\n" +"Visítenos en http://www.suse.com/.\n" +"</p>\n" +" " + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "Función del sistema" + +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "" +"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" +"for the selected scenario." +msgstr "" +"Las funciones de sistema son casos de uso predefinidos que personalizan\n" +"el sistema para el escenario seleccionado." + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "" +"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" +"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" +"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Los ajustes de funciones de sistema varían entre la selección de paquetes y\n" +"la partición del disco. Al elegir una función de sistema, el sistema \n" +"se configura en consecuencia para coincidir con el caso de uso de la función. \n" +"La configuración definida por una función se puede sustituir en los pasos siguientes, si fuera necesario.</p>" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Default System" +msgstr "Sistema por defecto" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "" +"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" +"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" +msgstr "" +"• Entorno GNOME, con partición raíz (/) Btrfs\n" +"• Partición /home (XFS) separada para discos de más de 20 GB" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" +msgstr "Host de virtualización de KVM" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "" +"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" +"• Hipervisor y herramientas basados en núcleo\n" +"• Sin partición /home separada" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" +msgstr "Host de virtualización de Xen" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +msgid "" +"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" +"• Hipervisor y herramientas desde cero\n" +"• Sin partición /home separada" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración de servicios de red" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Cargar configuración de red de Linuxrc" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Resumen de la instalación" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "" +"\n" +"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" +"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" +"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" +" " +msgstr "" +"\n" +"<p><b>¡Enhorabuena!</b></p>\n" +"<p>La instalación de openSUSE en su equipo ha finalizado.\n" +"Cuando haga clic en <b>Finalizar</b>, podrá entrar en el sistema.</p>\n" +"<p>Visítenos en %1.</p>\n" +"<p>¡Que se divierta!<br>El equipo de desarrollo de openSUSE</p>\n" +" " + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +msgid "" +"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +"manage your computer.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE Plasma, and they are equally\n" +"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +"is the most appropriate desktop for you." +msgstr "" +"El entorno de escritorio del equipo es el que ofrece la interfaz gráfica,\n" +"así como un conjunto de aplicaciones de correo electrónico, navegación\n" +"Web, productividad de oficina, juegos y utilidades para\n" +"gestionar el equipo.\n" +"\n" +"openSUSE ofrece varios entornos de escritorio. Los más utilizados\n" +"son GNOME y KDE Plasma, y ambos son igual de compatibles\n" +"con openSUSE. Ambos entornos son fáciles de utilizar,\n" +"están totalmente integrados y tienen un aspecto atractivo. Cada entorno\n" +"de escritorio tiene un estilo característico, así que los gustos personales son los que determinan\n" +"cuál es el más adecuado para usted." + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "GNOME Desktop" +msgstr "Escritorio GNOME" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" +msgstr "Escritorio KDE Plasma" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +msgid "Server (Text Mode)" +msgstr "Servidor (modo de texto)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +msgid "Xfce Desktop" +msgstr "Escritorio Xfce" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +msgid "LXDE Desktop" +msgstr "Escritorio LXDE" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Minimal X Window" +msgstr "Sistema X Window mínimo" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +msgstr "Escritorio Enlightenment" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +msgstr "Selección de servidor mínima (modo de texto)" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +msgid "Online Repositories" +msgstr "Repositorios en línea" + +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Selección de escritorio" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/country.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/country.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/country.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -656,8 +656,8 @@ #. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 -msgid "New value for hardware clock" -msgstr "Nuevo valor para el reloj de hardware" +msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." +msgstr "Nuevo valor para el reloj de hardware. Puede ser \"local\", \"utc\" o \"UTC\"." #. summary label #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 @@ -1013,180 +1013,185 @@ #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" +msgstr "Español (asturiano)" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiano" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugués" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugués (brasileño)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugués (brasileño - acentos americanos)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Griego" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Holandés" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Danés" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Noruego" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Sueco" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finlandés" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Checo" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:316 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Checo (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:331 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Eslovaco" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:346 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Eslovaco (qwerty)" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:361 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Esloveno" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:375 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Húngaro" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:389 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polaco" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Ruso" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:417 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbio" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estonio" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lituano" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turco" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:464 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Croata" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:486 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonés" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belga" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Islandés" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ucraniano" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:556 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Jemer" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:578 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Coreano" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:600 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Árabe" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:621 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tayiko" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:635 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Chino tradicional" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:657 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Chino simplificado" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:679 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumano" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:700 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "EE. UU. (internacional)" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/crowbar.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/crowbar.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/crowbar.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-01 13:42+0100\n" "Last-Translator: jcsl \n" "Language-Team: Spanish \n" @@ -31,9 +31,19 @@ msgid "Configuration of crowbar" msgstr "Configuración de crowbar" +#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90 +msgid "Common for All" +msgstr "" + #. target platform name +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92 +msgid "SLES 11 SP3" +msgstr "" + +#. target platform name #: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94 -msgid "SLES 12 SP1" +msgid "SLES 12" msgstr "" #. combobox label @@ -59,11 +69,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough to enter server's URL and the paths\n" +"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n" " to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n" "</p><p>\n" "<ul>\n" -"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product</i> for SMT server\n" +"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n" "<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-s...</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n" "</p><p>\n" "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n" @@ -216,33 +226,30 @@ msgstr "Dirección &IP" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696 msgid "Ask On Error" msgstr "Preguntar en caso de error" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706 +#. frame label +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Target Name" msgid "Target Platform" msgstr "Nombre de destino" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542 -msgid "Architecture" -msgstr "Arquitectura" - #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "User '%1' already exists.\n" @@ -255,49 +262,42 @@ "Escoja un nombre distinto." #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676 #, fuzzy #| msgid "LDAP Server &URL" msgid "Server &URL" msgstr "&URL de servidor LDAP" #. table header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694 msgid "Repository Name" msgstr "Nombre del repositorio" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701 msgid "&Ask On Error" msgstr "Pregunt&ar en caso de error" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707 msgid "Repository &URL" msgstr "&URL del repositorio" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710 msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used." msgstr "Un URL vacío indica que se usará el valor predeterminado." #. push button label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add Repository" msgid "A&dd Repository" msgstr "Añadir repositorio" #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Local NTP Server" -msgid "Local SMT Server" -msgstr "Servidor NTP local" - -#. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794 -#, fuzzy #| msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgid "Remote SMT Server" msgstr "Servidor WINS remoto" @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ # classnames.ycp:207 clients/hwinfo.ycp:103 # classnames.ycp:207 clients/hwinfo.ycp:103 #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Finger Server" msgid "SUSE Manager Server" @@ -315,35 +315,35 @@ # # include/security/ui.ycp:433 #. combobox item -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizada" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Nombre de usuario" #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" # include/users/ui.ycp:1029 #. text entry label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870 msgid "Repeat the Password" msgstr "Repita la contraseña" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server name cannot be empty." msgid "User name cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre del servidor no puede estar vacío." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ "Inténtelo de nuevo." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915 msgid "" "User '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose a different name." @@ -362,17 +362,17 @@ # include/network/isdn/ip.ycp:66 include/network/isdn/ip.ycp:93 #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018 msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid" msgstr "El formato de interfaz '%1' no es válido." #. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076 msgid "disabled" msgstr "desactivado" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173 msgid "" "The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" @@ -382,31 +382,31 @@ #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216 msgid "" "The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "La dirección IP '%1' es no es válida.%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194 msgid "" "The router address '%1' is invalid.\n" "%2" msgstr "La dirección '%1' del router no es válida.%2" #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203 msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "La dirección '%1' del router no es parte de la red '%2'." #. error popup -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225 msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "La dirección IP '%1' no es parte de la red '%2'." #. popup message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246 msgid "" "Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n" "Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button." @@ -415,63 +415,63 @@ "Corríjalos usando 'Editar rangos'." #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335 msgid "Min IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP mínima" #. inputfield label -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342 msgid "Max IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP máxima" -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395 msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'." msgstr "La dirección '%1' no es parte de la red '%2'." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "La dirección más baja ha de estar por debajo de la dirección más alta." #. error message -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431 msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping." msgstr "Los rangos '%1' y '%2' se superponen." #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499 msgid "&User Settings" msgstr "Config&uración de usuario" #. label (hint for user) -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511 msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used." msgstr "Si no hay ningún usuario, se utiliza el usuario 'crowbar' con la contraseña predeterminada." # include/network/lan/address.ycp:102 #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527 msgid "N&etwork Mode" msgstr "Modo de R&ed" # include/nis_server/securenets.ycp:165 -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535 msgid "Bastion Network" msgstr "Red bastión" # include/nis_server/securenets.ycp:165 #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578 msgid "Net&works" msgstr "Re&des" #. tab header -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614 msgid "Re&positories" msgstr "Re&positorios" #. popup message %1 is FQDN -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "The SUSE Cloud Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n" @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ "Puede visitar la interfaz web de Crowbar en http://%1:3000/" #. default dialog caption -#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740 +#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749 msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview" msgstr "Resumen de la Configuración de Crowbar" @@ -551,40 +551,40 @@ msgstr "Inicializando..." #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142 msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando la configuración de crowbar" #. Progress stage -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153 msgid "Read the configuraton" msgstr "Leer la configuración" #. Progress step -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración ..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" # include/network/isdn/wizards.ycp:68 include/network/isdn/wizards.ycp:87 # menuentries/menuentry_isdn.y2cc:11 #. Crowbar read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232 msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de crowbar" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259 +#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -370,9 +370,9 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1859 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" @@ -400,9 +400,9 @@ #. Table header item - DNS listing zones #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1865 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1907 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1417 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" @@ -415,8 +415,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "Redireccionadores" @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1905 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zona" @@ -480,14 +480,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:739 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "Servidor de correo" #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - listing mail servers #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioridad" @@ -549,8 +549,8 @@ #. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings #. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "Zonas DNS" @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ #. check box #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "Soporte &LDAP activo" @@ -597,131 +597,88 @@ msgstr "Configuración &experta del servidor DNS..." #. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "Servidor DNS" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417 -msgid "Apply Changes" -msgstr "Aplicar cambios" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426 -msgid "Start-Up" -msgstr "Inicio" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "Opciones básicas" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469 -msgid "Logging" -msgstr "Registro" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729 -msgid "ACLs" -msgstr "Listas ACL" - -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500 -msgid "TSIG Keys" -msgstr "Claves TSIG" - #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:563 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "&Directiva de resolución de DNS local" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "La fusión de redireccionadores está inhabilitada" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:568 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "Fusión automática" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:570 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "La fusión de redireccionadores está habilitada" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:572 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "Configuración personalizada" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:576 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "Directiva personalizada" #. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:583 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "&Redireccionador de resolución de DNS local" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:586 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "Usando servidores de nombres del sistema" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "Este servidor de nombres (enlazar)" #. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:590 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "Servidor dnsmasq local" #. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:600 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "Añadir dirección IP" #. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:609 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "&Dirección IPv4 o IPv6" #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders #. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:638 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:669 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "&Lista de redireccionadores" #. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:813 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "No es posible definir el redireccionador local como %{forwarder}" #. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:877 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "No se encuentra una equivalencia local para la IP %1." #. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -732,11 +689,11 @@ "se ha cambiado a su equivalente local %2." #. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:911 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "Dirección IPv4 o IPv6 no válida" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:914 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -745,46 +702,46 @@ "y el carácter dos puntos." #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:930 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "El remitente especificado ya está presente." #. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:959 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "Añadir o cambiar opción" #. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "O&pción" #. Textentry for setting the basic-option value #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:983 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1588 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Valor" #. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option #. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1007 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1387 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "C&ambiar" #. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1021 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "Opciones actuales" #. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1030 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "Opción" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1161 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -793,7 +750,7 @@ "esta opción sin ningún valor?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1173 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -802,7 +759,7 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %2?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1190 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -811,7 +768,7 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %2?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1202 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -820,7 +777,7 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %1?\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1214 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -829,7 +786,7 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %1?\n" #. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1258 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -838,77 +795,77 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea añadir otra?\n" #. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1298 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "Tipo de registro" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "&Registro del sistema" #. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Archivo" #. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "&Tamaño máximo (MB)" #. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1363 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "Número máximo de &versiones" #. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1381 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "Registro adicional" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "Registrar todas las &consultas DNS" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1389 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "Registrar &actualizaciones de zona" #. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1392 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "Registrar &transferencias de zona" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1549 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo para el registro" #. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1566 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "Configuración de opciones" #. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1579 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nombre" #. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1615 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "Lista ACL actual" #. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1623 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" #. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1743 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -917,12 +874,12 @@ "¿Seguro que desea eliminarla?\n" #. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1830 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "La entrada de ACL indicada ya existe." #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1847 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "Añadir zona nueva" @@ -931,8 +888,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1868 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1958 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1658 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "Maestro" @@ -942,9 +899,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1870 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1961 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1964 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1660 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "Esclavo" @@ -953,34 +910,34 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type #. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1872 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1967 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1666 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Directa" #. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1895 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "Zonas DNS configuradas" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2104 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "Ya se ha configurado una zona con el nombre especificado." #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2153 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?" #. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2169 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "Error al guardar la configuración" #. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2182 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -988,40 +945,83 @@ "Se perderán todos los cambios.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea salir de la configuración del servidor DNS sin guardar?" +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +msgid "Apply Changes" +msgstr "Aplicar cambios" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +msgid "Start-Up" +msgstr "Inicio" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "Opciones básicas" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "Registro" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +msgid "ACLs" +msgstr "Listas ACL" + +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +msgid "TSIG Keys" +msgstr "Claves TSIG" + #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:95 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "P&ermitir actualizaciones dinámicas" #. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:105 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "&Clave TSIG" #. check box #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:158 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2725 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "Activar transferencia de &zona" #. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:178 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "Generar a&utomáticamente los registros desde" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:187 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "Zo&na" #. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:199 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "Zonas inversas conectadas" #. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:465 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1030,34 +1030,34 @@ "preparación de la autoinstalación.\n" #. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:476 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "No se ha definido ninguna clave TSIG." #. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:506 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "Servidor de &nombres que desea añadir" #. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers #. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:529 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:555 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "Lista de servidores de no&mbres" #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:653 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "El servidor de nombres especificado ya existe." #. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "Servidor de correo que desea añadir" #. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:709 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Dirección" @@ -1065,116 +1065,116 @@ #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:712 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1237 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1295 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 #: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioridad" #. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "Lista de nodos de reenvío de correo" #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:871 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "El valor indicado no es una dirección IP ni un nombre de host válido." #. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:893 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "El servidor de correo especificado ya existe." #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Segundos" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minutos" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Horas" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:946 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "Días" #. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:948 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "Semanas" #. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:960 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "Seri&e" #. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:969 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TT&L" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:974 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1011 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "&Unidad" #. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:988 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "Re&frescar" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:996 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "Un&idad" #. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1005 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "Reintent&ar" #. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1018 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "Ca&ducidad" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1026 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "U&nidad" #. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Mínimo" #. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1043 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "Uni&dad" #. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1166 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "Se debe indicar el número de serie de la zona." #. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1174 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "El número de serie no debe tener más de %1 dígitos de longitud." #. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1195 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1189,104 +1189,104 @@ #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1219 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1254 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1311 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "Clave de ®istro" #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type #. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1286 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1319 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "T&ipo" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1245 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1292 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1324 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "Val&or" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1261 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Servicio" #. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1275 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocolo" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1297 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "&Carga" #. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1299 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Puerto" #. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1344 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A: traducción del nombre de dominio IPv4" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1345 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA: traducción del nombre de dominio IPv6" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1346 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME: alias para el nombre de dominio" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1347 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS: servidor de nombres" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1348 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX: transmisión de correo" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1349 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR: traducción inversa" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1350 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV: registro de servicios" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1351 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT: registro de texto" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1352 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "SPF: marco de directiva de remitente" #. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1369 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "Configuración del registro" #. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "Registros de recursos configurados" #. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "Clave de registro" #. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1845 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1299,13 +1299,13 @@ "o en el formato relativo a la zona actual." #. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1883 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "Dirección IPv6 no válida." #. TRANSLATORS: Error message #. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" "Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." @@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ #. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) #. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length #. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1934 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." @@ -1326,72 +1326,66 @@ "Este mensaje tiene %{current} caracteres." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1965 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "CNAME no puede apuntar a sí mismo." #. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "Error interno." #. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2413 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2734 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "Editor de zonas" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2434 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2446 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "&Fundamentos" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2448 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "Registr&os NS" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2452 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "&SOA" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2454 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "R&egistros" #. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2450 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "Registros M&X" #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone #. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2466 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2703 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2906 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "Ajustes para la zona" -#. ); -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2502 -msgid "Ad&vanced" -msgstr "Avan&zado" - #. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2550 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "Se debe definir al menos un servidor NS." @@ -1399,7 +1393,7 @@ #. #. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate #. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" "To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." @@ -1408,17 +1402,17 @@ "Para cambiar los registros de forma manual, inhabilite la función Generar automáticamente los registros desde." #. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "IP del servidor DNS &maestro" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2781 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "Falta el servidor maestro" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2783 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1429,32 +1423,32 @@ "Si continúa, la zona actual se eliminará." #. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2803 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "No se ha definido ningún servidor DNS maestro." #. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2815 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "El servidor de nombres maestro especificado no es una dirección IP válida." #. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2926 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP del &redireccionador nuevo" #. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2951 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "Redireccionadores de la &zona actual" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2973 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "Editor de zona directa" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:3009 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -2492,56 +2486,56 @@ msgstr "Reenvío de &correo" #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del servidor DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:964 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Comprobar el entorno" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:966 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1337 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "Vaciar caché del daemon DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:968 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración del cortafuegos" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:970 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:974 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Comprobando el entorno..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:976 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1353 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Vaciando cachés del daemon DNS..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:978 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del cortafuegos..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:980 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:982 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1367 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1266 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2550,72 +2544,72 @@ "Error: " #. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1333 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1339 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "Guardar archivos de configuración" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1341 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "Reiniciar el daemon DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1343 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "Actualizar archivos de zona" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1345 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "Ajustar el servicio DNS" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1347 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "Llamar a netconfig" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1349 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos" #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1355 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "Guardando archivos de configuración..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Reiniciando el daemon DNS..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1359 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "Actualizando archivos de zona..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1361 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "Ajustando el servicio DNS..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1363 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "Llamando a netconfig..." #. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1365 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del cortafuegos..." #. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1538 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2624,43 +2618,43 @@ "\n" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1662 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "Aislada" #. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1664 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "Sugerida" #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "El servidor DNS se inicia al arrancar el sistema." #. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1679 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "El servidor DNS no se inicia al arrancar el sistema." #. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1707 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "Zonas configuradas: %s" #. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1721 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "La configuración LDAP no es válida. No es posible usar LDAP." #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1802 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "¿Activar el soporte LDAP?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1890 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2669,26 +2663,26 @@ "El soporte LDAP no estará activado." #. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1949 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "Se ha producido un error desconocido al inicializar LDAP." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1985 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear %1." #. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP no será utilizado." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al actualizar %1." #. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear %1. LDAP no será utilizado." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/docker.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/docker.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/docker.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: docker\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,6 +14,110 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +msgid "Changes in Container" +msgstr "Cambios en contenedor" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +msgid "Path" +msgstr "Vía" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Estado" + +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "&Salir" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +msgid "Commit Container" +msgstr "Contenedor de asignación" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "Repositorio" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nombre" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +msgid "Tag" +msgstr "Etiqueta" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +msgid "Author" +msgstr "Autor" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "Mensaje" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Ok" +msgstr "&Aceptar" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Cancel" +msgstr "&Cancelar" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +msgid "Inject Shell" +msgstr "Shell de inyección" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Target Shell" +msgstr "Shell de destino" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" +msgstr "Error al ejecutar el terminal. Error: %{error}" + #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." @@ -55,14 +159,6 @@ msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "Ejecutando contenedores de docker" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 -msgid "Repository" -msgstr "Repositorio" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 -msgid "Tag" -msgstr "Etiqueta" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "ID de imagen" @@ -83,15 +179,11 @@ msgid "Image" msgstr "Imagen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "Comando" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 -msgid "Status" -msgstr "Estado" - -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "Puertos" @@ -127,10 +219,59 @@ msgid "&Commit" msgstr "&Asignar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 -msgid "&Exit" -msgstr "&Salir" - #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea eliminar la imagen %s?" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +msgid "Run Container" +msgstr "Ejecutar contenedor" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Host" +msgstr "Host" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Container" +msgstr "Contenedor" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "Añadir" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "Eliminar" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Volumes" +msgstr "Volúmenes" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +msgid "Choose directory to share" +msgstr "Seleccione el directorio para compartir" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +msgid "Choose target directory" +msgstr "Seleccione el directorio de destino" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +msgid "Choose external port" +msgstr "Seleccione el puerto externo" + +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +msgid "Choose internal port" +msgstr "Seleccione el puerto interno" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" "\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" @@ -248,13 +248,13 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<p>El campo Nombre es obligatorio y debe coincidir con el nombre de host Linux (uname -n) de uno de los nodos. No debe incluir \".\" en el nombre de host.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Dirección:Puerto: un recurso necesita una dirección IP por dispositivo, que se utiliza para esperar que lleguen conexiones entrantes del dispositivo asociado. Cada recurso DRBD necesita un puerto TCP que se utiliza para la conexión con el dispositivo asociado del nodo.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Dispositivo: el nombre del nodo de dispositivo de bloques del recurso descrito. Debe utilizar este dispositivo con la aplicación (sistema de archivos) y no debe utilizar el dispositivo de bloques de bajo nivel especificado con el parámetro de disco después de su número de versión menor. De lo contrario, podría omitir el nombre, la información de versión menor y su número. Si omite el nombre, se empleará por defecto /dev/drbd'minor number'.\n" -"\t\tPor ejemplo: /dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]} o '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Disco: DRBD utiliza este dispositivo de bloques para almacenar y recuperar los datos. No acceda nunca a este tipo de dispositivos mientras DRBD se esté ejecutando sobre ellos.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Metadisco: interno. Interno significa que la última parte del dispositivo de respaldo se utiliza para almacenar los metadatos.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>node-id: el ID de nodo es un valor interno para drbd, que YaST genera automáticamente. Un host puede tener valores de node-id diferentes en varios recursos.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>El campo Nombre es obligatorio y debe coincidir con el nombre de host de Linux (uname -n) de uno de los nodos. No debe incluir puntos en el nombre del host.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Dirección:Puerto: un recurso necesita una dirección IP por dispositivo. Esta dirección se usará para esperar las conexiones entrantes del dispositivo del socio para acceder al dispositivo. Cada recurso DRBD necesita un puerto TCP que se usa para conectarse al dispositivo del socio del nodo. Para IPv6, la dirección real que sigue a la palabra clave ipv6 debe colocarse entre corchetes: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Dispositivo: el nombre del nodo del dispositivo de bloque del recurso que se describe. Debe usar este dispositivo con su aplicación (sistema de archivos) y no debe usar el dispositivo de bloque de bajo nivel especificado con el parámetro de disco, a continuación del número menor. En caso contrario, se puede omitir el nombre o la palabra menor y su número. Si omite el nombre se usará el valor por defecto /dev/debd \"número menor\".\n" +"\t\tPor ejemplo: /dev/drbd{servicio} menor {número DRBD menor [o...255]} o /dev/drbd{número drbd menor [0...255]}.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Disco: DRBD usa este dispositivo de bloque para almacenar y recuperar los datos. No acceda nunca a este dispositivo mientras DRBD lo ejecuta.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Metadisco: es un ajuste interno; lo que significa que la última parte del dispositivo de respaldo se usa para almacenar los metadatos.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>ID de nodo: el ID de nodo es un valor interno para DRBD que YaST genera automáticamente. Un host puede tener valores de ID de nodo distintos en diferentes recursos.</p>\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 @@ -511,67 +511,86 @@ msgstr "¡Advertencia! No se debe usar lvmetad para el clúster." #. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:144 msgid "Resource Name" msgstr "Nombre del recurso" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:151 msgid "Nodes" msgstr "Nodos" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:156 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:188 msgid "Save" msgstr "Guardar" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 msgid "OK" msgstr "Aceptar" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "El nombre del nodo no puede estar vacío." +#. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." +msgstr "La dirección IPv6 debe indicarse entre corchetes." + +#. IPv6 should including port +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." +msgstr "IP/puerto debe usar la combinación \"dir:puerto\"." + +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." +msgstr "Introduzca un dirección IP válida." + +#. Checking the port is number +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +msgid "Please enter a valid port number." +msgstr "Introduzca un número de puerto válido." + #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "Los nombres de nodos no deben incluir \".\" , se empleará el hombre de host local." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Cumplimente todos los campos." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "Configure al menos dos nodos." #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "Introduzca el nombre del nodo:" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "Los nombres de los nodos deben ser diferentes." @@ -678,70 +697,70 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "Error al fusionar los archivos conf separados de DRBD\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "Error al escribir drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando la configuración de DRBD" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Leer valores de configuración globales" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Leer recursos" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "Leer configuraciones de LVM" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Leer estado del daemon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración de SuSEFirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los valores de configuración globales..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Leyendo los recursos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "Leyendo configuraciones de LVM..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Leyendo el estado del daemon..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "Error al realizar la copia de seguridad de drbd.conf" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "Error al limpiar drbd.conf para la prueba drbdadm" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -749,12 +768,12 @@ "Configuración no válida del recurso %1\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "Error al recuperar drbd.conf" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de DRBD" @@ -762,46 +781,46 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Escribir valores de configuración globales" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Escribir recursos" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "Escribir configuraciones de LVM" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Definir estado del daemon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración de SuSEfirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo valores de configuración globales..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Escribiendo recursos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuraciones de LVM..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Definiendo estado del daemon..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de SuSEfirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Error al crear el directorio /etc/drbd.d" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: fcoe-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -526,33 +526,33 @@ msgstr "<p>¿Desea instalarlo ahora?</p>" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio lldpad" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio fcoe" #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "No es posible iniciar el zócalo systemd de lldpad" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio lldpad." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el zócalo systemd de fcoemon." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio fcoe." #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -563,112 +563,112 @@ "VLAN para obtener una configuración válida." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de fcoe-client" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Comprobar los paquetes instalados" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "Comprobar servicios" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Detectar tarjetas de red" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Leer /etc/fcoe/config" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Comprobando los paquetes instalados..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Comprobando servicios..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Detectando tarjetas de red..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Leyendo /etc/fcoe/config" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finalizado" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al iniciar los servicios." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "No es posible detectar los dispositivos." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "No es posible leer /etc/fcoe/config." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de fcoe-client" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Reiniciar servicio FCoE" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Ajustar inicio de servicios" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Reiniciando el servicio FCoE..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Ajustando el inicio de los servicios..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración en /etc/fcoe/config." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -677,42 +677,42 @@ "Para obtener más detalles, consulte /var/log/YaST2/y2log." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al reiniciar el servicio fcoe." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "No es posible escribir /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>" msgstr "<b>Configuración general de FCoE</b>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>" msgstr "<b>Interfaces</b>" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:" msgstr "<i>Tarjeta de red</i>:" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>" msgstr "<b>Inicio de servicios</b>" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "habilitado" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "inhabilitado" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:57+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,6 +14,16 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" +msgstr "La pantalla no admite la interfaz de usuario de firewall-config.\n" + +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." +msgstr "Utilice la línea de comandos de Yast2 o la utilidad firewall-cmd." + #. TRANSLATORS: message popup #: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" @@ -174,7 +184,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item #: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "Nivel de registro" @@ -695,7 +705,7 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "Red origen" @@ -706,8 +716,8 @@ #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1131 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1407 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" @@ -761,28 +771,28 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "IP req." #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1411 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "Puerto req." #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1413 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "Redir. a IP" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "Redir. a puerto" @@ -902,10 +912,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:601 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1084 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1129 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zona" @@ -1405,217 +1415,219 @@ msgstr "Seleccione el elemento que se debe eliminar." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Configuración del inicio" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "Zonas conocidas del cortafuegos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "Configuración de interfaces de red" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "Servicios, puertos y protocolos autorizados" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:102 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "Ajustes de los paquetes de difusión" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:110 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "Configuración de enmascaramiento" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "Redirigir peticiones a IP enmascarada" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:124 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "Configuración del registro" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración del cortafuegos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:141 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "Activa el cortafuegos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:147 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "Desactiva el cortafuegos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:154 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Mostrar configuración actual" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:158 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "Iniciar el cortafuegos durante el arranque" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:164 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "Iniciar el cortafuegos manualmente" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:170 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "Mostrar lista de entradas configuradas." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "Nombre de zona abreviado" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "Añadir un nuevo registro" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:185 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "Eliminar un registro" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:190 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "Nombre de configuración de la interfaz de red" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:197 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Registro de paquetes aceptados (all|crit|none)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:204 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Registro de paquetes no aceptados (all|crit|none)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "Registro de paquetes broadcast (yes|no)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "Definir valor" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nombre o número de puerto, varios puertos separados por comas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:229 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "Servicios conocidos del cortafuegos, varios servicios separados por comas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:236 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nombre o número de puerto TCP, varios puertos separados por comas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nombre o número de puerto UDP, varios puertos separados por comas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:250 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nombre o número de puerto RPC, varios puertos separados por comas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:257 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "Nombre de protocolo IP, varios protocolos separados por comas" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:264 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "Definir protección de zona (yes|no)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:270 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "Información detallada" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:274 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Activar opción" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:278 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Desactivar opción" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:283 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "Red origen como 0/0 ó 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:290 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "Protocolo (tcp|udp)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:295 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "IP externa requerida (opcional)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:302 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "Nombre o número de puerto requerido" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:309 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "Redirigir a IP interna" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:316 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "Redirigir a puerto en IP interna (opcional)" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "Número de registro" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:327 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "Utilizar nombres de puerto en lugar de números de puerto" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "Zona desconocida %1." @@ -1628,180 +1640,180 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:414 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:623 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:662 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:915 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:927 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1517 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "Se debe definir el parámetro %1." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:425 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Lista de zonas conocidas del cortafuegos:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:440 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "Atajo" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:442 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:775 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Nombre de zona" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:487 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Resumen:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Sólo se permite un parámetro." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:506 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:524 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "Inicio:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:509 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "Activando el cortafuegos durante el arranque..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "Eliminando el cortafuegos del proceso de arranque..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:528 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "El cortafuegos está activado durante el arranque" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:531 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "El cortafuegos debe iniciarse manualmente" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:564 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Interfaces de red en zonas del cortafuegos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:583 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "Cadena especial del cortafuegos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:603 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interfaz" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:605 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre de dispositivo" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:632 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Añadiendo la cadena especial %1 a la zona %2..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:642 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Añadiendo la interfaz %1 a la zona %2..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:671 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Eliminando la cadena especial %1 de la zona %2..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:681 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Eliminando la interfaz %1 de la zona %2..." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:702 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "Registrar todos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:704 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "Registrar sólo críticos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:706 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "No registrar ninguno" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:716 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "Ajustes globales de registro:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:724 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "Tipo de regla" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:726 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:732 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "Aceptados" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:738 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "No aceptados" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:750 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "Paquetes de difusión de registro:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "Registro habilitado" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "Registro inhabilitado" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:773 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:893 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "Abreviado" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:777 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "Estado del registro" @@ -1810,167 +1822,178 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:794 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:809 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:838 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1262 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1468 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "No se permite el valor %1 para la opción %2." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:878 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "Puertos de difusión autorizados:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:897 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "Puerto" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "Aquí sólo se permite un comando de acción." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:974 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "Servicios definidos del cortafuegos:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:985 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1403 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "Nombre del servicio" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1009 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "Puerto TCP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "Puerto UDP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "Puerto RPC" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1015 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "Protocolo IP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "Servicios autorizados en zonas:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "Todos los servicios" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1037 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1114 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1163 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "Toda la zona no protegida" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1086 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "ID del servicio" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "Puertos autorizados adicionales:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "Todos los puertos" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1145 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "Protocolos IP adicionales autorizados en las zonas:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "Todos los protocolos IP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1178 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo IP" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1199 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "Servicio desconocido %1." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "Sólo pueden protegerse las zonas internas." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "Se debe definir al menos uno de %1." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1348 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "Se debe definir al menos un comando de acción de %1." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "Redirigir peticiones a IP enmascarada:" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1491 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "Nombre de puerto desconocido %1." #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1541 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "Ajustes de enmascaramiento:" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +msgid "everywhere" +msgstr "en todos lados" + +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +msgid "in the %1 zone" +msgstr "en la zona %1" + #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1547 -msgid "Masquerading is %1" -msgstr "El enmascaramiento está %1" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" +msgstr "El enmascaramiento es %1 %2" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1550 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "activado" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1552 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "desactivado" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:271 +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente para instalar todos los paquetes adicionales." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fonts.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fonts.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fonts.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Pablo Iranzo Gómez \n" "Language-Team: Spanish \n" @@ -24,64 +24,64 @@ #. in case of changing profiles, please reflect #. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.* #. otherwise testsuite will fail -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Bitmap Editors" msgid "Bitmap Fonts" msgstr "Editores de Bitmap" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103 msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106 msgid "Black and White Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123 msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126 msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143 msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" # include/printconf/misc.ycp:458 -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146 msgid "Default" msgstr "Predeterminado" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163 msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Fonts" msgid "CFF Fonts" msgstr "Tipos de letra" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206 msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209 msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226 msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818 msgid "Subpixel Rendering" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255 +#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254 msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library." msgstr "" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: geo-cluster\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ #. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" @@ -112,17 +112,17 @@ msgstr "mediador" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" @@ -250,87 +250,87 @@ msgstr "El valor ticket no puede estar vacío." #. fill confs with global_files -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 #: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Introduzca la dirección IP del mediador." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Edite la dirección IP del mediador." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "Introduzca una dirección IP del sitio" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "Editar dirección IP del sitio" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "El nombre del ticket ya existe." #. Validation check before switch to authentication #. Still fall to :authentication or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "El nombre de la configuración no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "El nombre de la configuración no puede estar duplicado." #. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "el puerto no es válido." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "hay que completar el transporte." #. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "Es obligatorio rellenar el mediador." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "hay que completar el sitio." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "hay que completar el ticket." #. Validation check before switch to basic #. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "Error al crear el archivo de autenticación " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "Authentication file " -msgstr "Archivo de autenticación " +msgstr "Archivo de autenticación" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid " created successfully." msgstr " se ha creado correctamente." #. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "Selección de configuración de GeoCluster" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo de configuración:" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/gtk.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/gtk.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/gtk.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: gtk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -100,11 +100,11 @@ msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." msgstr "No es posible combinar la opción 'id' con otras opciones." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" @@ -116,15 +116,15 @@ msgid "Prot." msgstr "Prot." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "Esperar" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "Usuario" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "Servidor" @@ -139,12 +139,12 @@ msgstr "Apagado" #. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "No" @@ -160,127 +160,127 @@ #. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: #. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "El paquete %1 será instalado durante el proceso de escritura" #. if (true) { // for debugging #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgstr "El paquete %1 no fue instalado. El servicio no puede ser editado." #. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "El paquete %1 se ha instalado correctamente." #. This is main inetd module dialog. #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "&Activar todos los servicios" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "&Desactivar todos los servicios" #. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "D&esactivar" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "Activ&ar" #. Main dialog edit inetd.conf #. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "Servicios disponibles actualmente" #. `opt(`notify), #. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Ch" msgstr "Mod." -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "Servidor / Argumentos" #. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Añadir" #. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" #. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" #. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "&Cambiar estado (activo o inactivo)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "Estado de todos los &servicios" #. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "Configuración de los servicios red (xinetd)" #. execute dialog #. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "Añadir una entrada de servicio" #. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "No es posible suprimir el servicio. No está instalado." #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "Para suprimir un servicio, selecciónelo en el cuadro principal" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." msgstr "Para activar o desactivar un servicio, selecciónelo en el cuadro principal." #. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); #. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "Editar una entrada de servicio" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "Para editar un servicio, selecciónelo en el cuadro principal" #. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -289,54 +289,54 @@ "El superservidor de Internet será desactivado." #. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Servicio" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "Versió&n RPC" #. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "El servicio está &activo" #. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "Ti&po de socket" #. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocolo" #. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "&Esperar" #. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Usuario" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Grupo" #. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "S&ervidor" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "Argument&os del servidor" #. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "Co&mentario" @@ -350,14 +350,14 @@ #. It does not get the NIS entries. #. "+" is filtered out. #. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 #: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "Por defecto" #. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -366,12 +366,12 @@ "Introduzca valores adecuados.\n" #. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "El nombre del servicio contiene el carácter no permitido \"/\"." #. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." msgstr "El usuario %1 está reservado exclusivamente para procesos del servidor interno." @@ -646,57 +646,57 @@ msgstr "Inicializando ..." #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando configuración de inetd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "Leer la configuración" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración ..." #. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" #. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de inetd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." #. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración" #. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>" msgstr "<p><ul><i>Todos los servicios están marcados como detenidos.</i></ul></p>" #. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "Servicios de red" #. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "Los servicios de red se administran vía %1" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "Estos servicios serán activados" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/installation.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/installation.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/installation.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -111,29 +111,29 @@ "ventanas serán distintas a las del manual.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:277 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "Iniciar el servicio %1" #. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:282 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "Iniciando el servicio %1..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:297 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "Ajustando los valores de configuración de la red" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:303 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "Se está ajustando la configuración de la red." #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:356 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ "Nota: es posible que deba introducir alguna información de nuevo." #. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:364 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ #. popup headline (#x1) #. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process #. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:378 +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "Iniciando la instalación..." @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "Colocando dispositivos en la lista negra..." #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Copiando archivos al sistema instalado..." @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "Actualizaciones para %1 %2" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Producto desconocido" @@ -513,14 +513,14 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "Notas de la &versión..." #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -584,44 +584,49 @@ "</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Distribución del &teclado" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Sí, &acepto el acuerdo de licencia." #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#. !/usr/bin/env rspec -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287 -#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Debe aceptar la licencia para instalar este producto" +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" +msgstr "Ubicación del acuerdo de licencia del usuario final en el sistema instalado: %s" + #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "Prueba de t&eclado" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "Licencia y traducciones..." @@ -736,16 +741,16 @@ #. twice more steps #. FIXME: 2 minutes #. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "Distribuyendo imágenes..." #. BNC #444209 #. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -754,7 +759,7 @@ "Cancelando la instalación...\n" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" "YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." @@ -763,20 +768,20 @@ "YaST abrirá el gestor de software para comprobar el estado actual de los paquetes." #. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "Descargando imagen a %1/s..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "Descargando imagen %1 a %2/s" #. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "Distribuyendo imagen..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "Distribuyendo imagen %1..." @@ -793,11 +798,11 @@ msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "&Disco que usar" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "Seleccione el disco en el que se distribuirá la imagen. Todos los datos del disco se perderán y el disco se particionará según se defina en la imagen." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "Disco duro para distribución de imagen" @@ -873,71 +878,74 @@ msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Mostrar actualizaciones de &paquetes" +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +msgid "Calling step %1..." +msgstr "Ejecutando paso %1..." + +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +msgid " * %1" +msgstr " * %1" + +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +msgid "Installation Error" +msgstr "Error de instalación" + #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:79 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:140 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:158 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Terminando la instalación básica" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Creando lista de guiones de finalización que ejecutar..." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Terminado" + #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Copiar archivos al sistema instalado" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Guardar configuración" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Guardar ajustes de instalación" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Instalar el gestor de arranque" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Preparar el sistema para el primer arranque" -#. merge steps from add-on products -#. bnc #438678 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337 +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549 +msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." +msgstr "El cliente %1 ha devuelto datos no válidos." + +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Comprobando etapa: %1..." -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424 -msgid "Calling step %1..." -msgstr "Ejecutando paso %1..." - -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444 -msgid " * %1" -msgstr " * %1" - -#. Anything else -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481 -msgid "Finished" -msgstr "Terminado" - -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613 -msgid "Installation Error" -msgstr "Error de instalación" - #. Button to accept a license agreement #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" @@ -1128,7 +1136,7 @@ #. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used #. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Instalando paquetes..." @@ -1162,7 +1170,7 @@ "un breve resumen de las novedades y cambios.</p>\n" #. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:457 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>No se han instalado las notas de la versión.</p>" @@ -1187,88 +1195,88 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Analizando el equipo" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "Probar los dispositivos USB" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "Probando los dispositivos USB..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "Probar los dispositivos FireWire" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Probando dispositivos FireWire..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Probar dispositivos de disquetera" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Probando dispositivos de disquetera..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Probar controladores de disco duro" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Probando controladores de disco duro..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Cargar módulos del núcleo para los controladores de disco duro" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Cargando módulos del núcleo para los controladores de disco duro..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Probar discos duros" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Probando discos duros..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Buscar archivos de sistema" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Buscando archivos de sistema..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Inicializar el gestor de software" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Inicializando el gestor de software..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Probando el sistema" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST está sondeando el hardware del equipo y los sistemas instalados." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1277,7 +1285,7 @@ "Consulte drivers.suse.com si necesita controladores de hardware particulares para la instalación." #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1287,7 +1295,7 @@ "Compruebe el hardware.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1298,7 +1306,7 @@ "(especialmente en sistemas s390 o iSCSI).\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1311,7 +1319,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1320,7 +1328,7 @@ "Abortando la instalación." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1331,7 +1339,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1341,20 +1349,47 @@ "%s.\n" "\n" +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Would you like to check your network configuration\n" +"and try installing the updates again?" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"¿Desea comprobar la configuración de red y volver\n" +"a intentar instalar las actualizaciones?" + +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 msgid "" -"Downloading installer updates from \n" +"Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" "failed.\n" "\n" -"Would you like to check your network configuration?" +"You can continue the installation without applying the updates.\n" +"However, some potentially important bug fixes might be missing.\n" +"\n" +"If you need a proxy server to access the update repository\n" +"then use the \"proxy\" boot parameter.\n" msgstr "" -"Descarga de actualizaciones del instalador desde \n" +"Error al descargar las actualizaciones opcionales del instalador de \n" "%s\n" -"fallida.\n" "\n" -"¿Desea comprobar la configuración de la red?" +"\n" +"Puede continuar con la instalación sin aplicar las actualizaciones.\n" +"Sin embargo, puede que se pierdan algunas correcciones de defectos importantes.\n" +"\n" +"Si necesita un servidor proxy para actualizar el repositorio,\n" +"use el parámetro de arranque proxy.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 @@ -1625,7 +1660,7 @@ "realizar la configuración básica del sistema.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:83 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "No se ha definido ningún flujo de trabajo para este tipo de instalación." @@ -1699,6 +1734,22 @@ msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del hardware..." +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." +msgstr "No tiene sentido escribir estos ajustes en el sistema." + +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "Importar claves de host SSH y configuración" + +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" +msgstr "&Importar claves de host SSH y configuración" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." @@ -1766,6 +1817,30 @@ msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "Copiando los archivos de registro en el sistema instalado..." +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" +msgstr "Quiero importar las claves SSH de una instalación anterior" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Cada servidor SSH se identifica con una o varias claves de host públicas. Seleccione una instalación de Linux existente para reutilizar las claves de host y, por lo tanto, la identidad de su servidor SSH. Los archivos de clave que se encuentran en /etc/ssh (un par de archivos por clave de host) se copiarán al nuevo sistema que se va a instalar.</p><p>Marque <b>Importar configuración de SSH</b> para copiar también los archivos de /etc/ssh, además de las claves.</p>" + +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +msgid "&Device" +msgstr "&Dispositivo" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" +msgstr "%{system_name} en %{device}" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +msgid "Import SSH Configuration" +msgstr "Importar configuración de SSH" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." @@ -1984,13 +2059,8 @@ msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "Habilitando administración remota..." -#. skip forward or backward -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48 -msgid "System Role" -msgstr "Función del sistema" - #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "Al cambiar la función del sistema podrían deshacerse los ajustes que haya hecho." @@ -2005,6 +2075,35 @@ msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "Creando instantánea de sistema de archivos raíz..." +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +msgid "No previous Linux installation found" +msgstr "No se encuentra ninguna instalación anterior de Linux" + +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" +msgstr "No se copiará ninguna clave de host SSH existente" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" +msgstr "Las claves de host SSH y la configuración se copiarán de %s" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" +msgstr "Las claves de host SSH se copiarán de %s" + #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." @@ -2069,12 +2168,12 @@ #. checking whether images are supported #. BNC #409927 #. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:840 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" msgstr "Error al leer información de las imágenes de instalación" #. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1196 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "Distribuyendo..." @@ -2082,19 +2181,19 @@ #. #. @see #all_supported_types #. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "Guardando preferencias del usuario..." #. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. #. #. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1351 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "Restaurando preferencias del usuario..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -60,25 +60,25 @@ msgstr "Cambiar medio" #. %1 is the current cd number -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue." msgstr "Introduzca el CD %1 y pulse Continuar." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue." msgstr "Seleccione la imagen ISO %1 y pulse Continuar." #. %2 is the product name and version -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2." msgstr "Introduzca el CD %1 de %2." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242 msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2." msgstr "Seleccione la imagen ISO %1 de %2." #. popup request, %1 is CD medium name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "Insert\n" "%1" @@ -87,12 +87,12 @@ "%1" #. popup request, %1 is ISO name -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310 msgid "Select %1" msgstr "Seleccionar %1" #. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n" "by the current repository.\n" @@ -105,63 +105,63 @@ "Seleccione primero el medio del producto base." #. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory" msgstr "Copiando el contenido del CD en el directorio local." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "Esto puede tardar un poco..." #. TODO: report more details (stderr) #. rename the directory -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341 msgid "Error while moving repository content." msgstr "Error al mover el contenido del repositorio" #. Instserver configuration dialog caption #. Instserver configuration dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162 msgid "Repository Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del repositorio" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965 msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Leer medio en &CD o DVD" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Data &Source" msgstr "Origen de &datos" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Use &ISO Images" msgstr "Utilizar imágenes &ISO" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:" msgstr "Di&rectorio con imágenes de CD:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "Seleccione un &directorio" #. abort? #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Seleccionar directorio" #. abort? -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080 -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215 msgid "Installation server name missing." msgstr "Falta el nombre del servidor de instalación." -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "" "Contents already exist in this directory.\n" "Not copying CDs." @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ "Los CDs no se están copiando." #. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "" "Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n" "Package CD, etc.) to the repository?" @@ -179,20 +179,20 @@ "adicionales, etc.) al repositorio?" #. Instserver configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Repository &Name:" msgstr "&Nombre del repositorio:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175 msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP" msgstr "A&nunciar como servicio de instalación con SLP" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Invalid repository name." msgstr "Nombre de repositorio no válido." #. an error message - entered repository name already exists -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231 msgid "" "Repository '%1' already exists,\n" "enter another name." @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ "introduzca otro nombre." #. create directory only for a new repository -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244 msgid "" "Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n" "Verify that the directory \n" @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ "tiene permisos de escritura y pruebe de nuevo.\n" #. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "" "Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n" "When adding a new repository with the same name\n" @@ -229,87 +229,87 @@ "¿Seguro que desea suprimir el contenido antiguo y volver a crearlo desde cero?" #. Instserver server dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup" msgstr "Configuración inicial -- Configuración inicial" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services" msgstr "No configurar ningún servicio de r&ed" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368 msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:" msgstr "Di&rectorio para almacenar los repositorios:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository" msgstr "&Configurar como repositorio HTTP" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository" msgstr "&Configurar como repositorio FTP" #. radio button label -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399 msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository" msgstr "&Configurar como repositorio NFS" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451 msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing." msgstr "Falta la ruta del directorio para el servidor de instalación." #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478 msgid "Installation Server -- NFS" msgstr "Servidor de instalación -- NFS" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "Comodín del &servidor" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opciones" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556 msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al configurar NFS." #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588 msgid "Installation Server -- FTP" msgstr "Servidor de instalación -- FTP" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596 msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:" msgstr "Directorio raíz del servidor &FTP:" -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598 msgid "&Directory Alias:" msgstr "Alias del &directorio:" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al configurar FTP." #. Instserver configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675 msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP" msgstr "Servidor de instalación -- HTTP" #. Instserver nfs dialog contents -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691 msgid "&Directory Alias" msgstr "Alias del &directorio" #. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP()) -#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777 +#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear la configuración HTTPD." @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ "pulse <b>Editar</b> o <b>Suprimir</b> según corresponda.</p>\n" #. Read service data using _auto -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306 msgid "" "The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n" "will now be installed.\n" @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ #. @param string directory #. @param [String] options #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569 msgid "" "Directory is already exported via NFS.\n" "Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n" @@ -673,72 +673,72 @@ "¿Desea dejar los recursos NFS exportados sin modificar?\n" #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155 msgid "Initializing Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165 msgid "Read configuration file" msgstr "Leer archivo de configuración" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167 msgid "Search for a new repository" msgstr "Buscar un nuevo repositorio" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171 msgid "Reading configuration file..." msgstr "Leyendo archivo de configuración..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173 msgid "Searching for a new repository..." msgstr "Buscando un nuevo repositorio..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "No es posible leer la configuración actual." #. Instserver read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240 msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor de instalación." #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Ejecutar SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Ejecutando SuSEconfig..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios configurados" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iplb\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -104,14 +104,13 @@ msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 -msgid "Log Out" -msgstr "Fin de sesión" +msgid "Disconnect" +msgstr "Desconectar" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" @@ -122,9 +121,6 @@ msgstr "Descubrir" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -msgid "Log In" -msgstr "Entrar" - #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Conectar" @@ -165,58 +161,73 @@ msgid "Startup" msgstr "Inicio" +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +msgid "manual" +msgstr "manual" + +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +msgid "onboot" +msgstr "en el arranque" + +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "automático" + #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "Puerto" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clave" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Destinos conectados" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "Destinos descubiertos" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Descripción de iniciador iSCSI" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Iniciador iSCSI</h1>" #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "Descubrimiento de iniciador iSCSI" @@ -326,34 +337,28 @@ #. table of connected targets #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n" -"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n" -msgstr "" -"Lista de sesiones actuales. Para añadir un nuevo destino, selecciónelo y pulse <b>Añadir</b>.\n" -"Para eliminarlo, pulse <b>Fin de sesión</b>.\n" -"Para modificar el estado de inicio, pulse <b>Alternar</b>.\n" +msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Lista de sesiones actuales.</p><p>Utilice el botón <b>Añadir</b> para obtener destinos adicionales. Se iniciará un nuevo descubrimiento para detectar nuevos destinos y el modo de inicio de los destinos ya conectados se mantendrá sin cambios.<br>Utilice <b>Desconectar</b> para cancelar la conexión y eliminar el destino de la lista.<br>Para cambiar el estado del inicio, seleccione <b>Editar</b>.</p>" #. Warning #. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Advertencia</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Al acceder a un dispositivo iSCSI de <b>lectura</b> y <b>escritura</b>, asegúrese de que el acceso es exclusivo. De lo contrario, existirá un riesgo potencial de corrupción de datos.</p>\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> es un valor tomado de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n" -"Si dispone de iBFT, este valor se toma desde ahí y sólo se puede cambiar desde la configuración del BIOS.</p>" +"<p><b>Nombre de iniciador</b> es un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"En caso de que tenga iBFT, este valor se añadirá desde ahí y solo podrá modificarlo en la configuración del BIOS.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" "fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" @@ -361,24 +366,20 @@ "Si desea utilizar <b>iSNS</b> (Servicio de almacenamiento de nombres de Internet) para descubrir destinos en lugar del método por defecto (SendTargets),\n" "especifique la dirección IP del servidor iSNS y el puerto. El puerto por defecto debería ser 3205.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n" +"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n" "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduzca la <b>dirección IP</b> del servidor descubierto.\n" -"Cambie el <b>puerto</b> sólo si es necesario. Para la autenticación, utilice el <b>nombre de usuario</b> y la <b>contraseña</b>. Si no necesita autenticación,\n" +"Introduzca la <b>dirección IP</b> del servidor iSCSI de destino.\n" +"Modifique el valor de <b>Puerto</b> solo si es necesario. Para la autenticación, utilice <b>Nombre de usuario</b> y <b>Contraseña</b>. Si no necesita efectuar la autenticación,\n" "seleccione <b>Sin autenticación</b>.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. " msgstr "Lista de nodos ofrecidos por el destino iSCSI. Seleccione un elemento y haga clic en <b>Conectar.</b>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 -msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>." -msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de autenticación e introduzca el <b>Nombre de usuario</b> y la <b>Contraseña.</b>" - #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Inicio</h1>" @@ -399,12 +400,20 @@ "<p><b>automático</b> es para los destinos iSCSI con los que se conectará cuando se inicie\n" "el servicio iSCSI.</p>\n" -#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" +msgstr "<h1>Autenticación</h1>" + #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target." -msgstr "Lista de destinos descubiertos. Seleccione la opción correspondiente para <b>Descubrir</b> destinos o <b>Conectar</b> con cualquier destino." +msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>" +msgstr "<p>El valor por defecto es <i>Sin autenticación</i>. Desactive la casilla si la autenticación es necesaria por motivos de seguridad. Introduzca los valores de <b>Nombre de usuario</b> y <b>Contraseña</b> para \"Autenticación de entrada\", \"Autenticación de salida\" o ambas.</p><p><b>Tenga en cuenta lo siguiente:</b><br>\"Autenticación de entrada\" aquí se corresponde con \"Autenticación de salida\" en el servidor iSCSI de destino y viceversa.</p>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Esta pantalla muestra la lista de destinos descubiertos.</p><p>Utilice el botón <b>Descubrir</b> para obtener los destinos iSCSI disponibles de un servidor especificado mediante su dirección IP.<br>Use la opción <b>Conectar</b> con un destino para establecer la conexión. Si la entrada se ha realizado correctamente, la columna <i>Conectado</i> mostrará el estado \"Verdadero\" y el destino se mostrará en la pantalla <i>Destinos conectados</i>.<br>Para eliminar un destino, utilice el botón <b>Suprimir</b>.<br> <b>Sugerencia:</b> solo es posible eliminar los destinos no conectados. Si es necesario, <b>desconecte</b> los <i>Destinos conectados</i> primero.</p><p><b>Tenga en cuenta lo siguiente:</b> volver a iniciar el <b>descubrimiento</b> significa redescubrir los destinos, lo que probablemente cambiará el modo de inicio de los destinos ya conectados (al valor por defecto, manual). Acceda a la pantalla <i>Destinos conectados</i> y utilice el botón <b>Añadir</b> si d esea añadir nuevos destinos sin cambiar el modo de inicio.</p>" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" @@ -439,47 +448,58 @@ msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "Error al salir de la sesión en el destino seleccionado." -#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252) #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:266 msgid "No record found." msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún registro." #. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:305 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "No hay dirección IP válida." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "El campo Puerto no puede estar vacío." #. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 +msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" +msgstr "Nombre de iniciador incorrecto" + +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" -"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n" +"\n" "The correct syntax is\n" "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n" "\n" "Example:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to use the name?\n" msgstr "" -"InitiatorName incorrecto.\n" +"\n" "La sintaxis correcta es\n" -"iqn.aaaa-mm.nombre.dominio.inverso[:identificador]\n" -"o eui.aaaa-mm.nombre.dominio.inverso[:identificador]\n" +"iqn.aaaa-mm.nombre.dominio.invertido[:identificador]\n" +"o eui.aaaa-mm.nombre.dominio.invertido[:identificador]\n" "\n" "Ejemplo:\n" "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" +"\n" +"¿Desea usar este nombre?\n" -#. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Introduzca la dirección IP." +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" +msgstr "Compruebe el nombre del host de respuesta de la dirección IP.\n" + #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Introduzca el puerto." @@ -487,36 +507,36 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "Verdadero" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "Falso" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "El destino de este valor TargetName ya está conectado. Compruebe que las vías múltiples estén habilitadas para evitar que se produzcan daños en los datos." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Continuar" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Ya está conectado al destino." @@ -605,7 +625,7 @@ msgstr "todo" #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -617,7 +637,13 @@ "creará una copia de seguridad. Si desea utilizar un valor de nombre de iniciador distinto, modifíquelo \n" "en el BIOS.\n" +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 +msgid "Target connection failed.\n" +msgstr "Conexión de destino fallida.\n" + #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-lio-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr "Usar autenticación" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" @@ -145,13 +145,13 @@ #. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Sin autenticación" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de entrada" @@ -159,22 +159,22 @@ #. dialog to add/modify user and password #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "Nombre de usuario" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de salida" @@ -415,10 +415,10 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" " If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Con <b>Editar LUN</b> es posible modificar la asignación del LUN. Tenga en cuenta que el número de destino del LUN debe ser exclusivo.<br>Después de hacer clic en <b>Editar autorización,</b> seleccione el tipo de autenticación. Use las opciones <b>Entrante,</b> <b>Saliente</b> o ambas a la vez. Después, inserte valores en <b>Usuario</b> y <b>Contraseña.</b> Utilice valores distintos para la autenticación entrante y saliente.\n" +"<p>Con <b>Editar LUN</b> es posible modificar la asignación del LUN. Tenga en cuenta que el número de destino del LUN debe ser exclusivo.<br>Después de hacer clic en <b>Editar autorización,</b> seleccione el tipo de autenticación. Use las opciones <b>Entrante,</b> <b>Saliente</b> o ambas a la vez. Después, inserte valores en <b>Usuario</b> y <b>Contraseña.</b> Asegúrese de definir contraseñas distintas para la autenticación entrante y la saliente.\n" " Si <b>Usar autenticación</b> se ha inhabilitado en el recuadro de diálogo anterior, <b>Editar autorización</b> estará inhabilitado aquí.</p>" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 @@ -497,171 +497,171 @@ "Si Tipo=fileio, defina en <b>Vía</b> el dispositivo de disco o el archivo.<b>ID de SCSI</b> y <b>Sectores</b> son campos opcionales." #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "Problema al cambiar la autenticación" #. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "Nombre de usuario no válido" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:161 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:171 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "Contraseña no válida." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "El LUN seleccionado ya está en uso." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "El nombre seleccionado ya se está usando." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "La vía seleccionada debe ser un dispositivo de bloques o un archivo normal." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "La vía seleccionada ya está en uso." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:310 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "Vía:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:313 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Examinar" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:333 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo o dispositivo" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "Iniciador LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "LUN de destino" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:444 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 msgid "Change:" msgstr "Cambiar:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "El LUN de destino %1 se ha usado más de una vez." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:599 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "Es necesario habilitar al menos una autenticación." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 msgid "Initiator name:" msgstr "Nombre del iniciador:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "Importar LUN de TPG" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "El nombre del iniciador no puede estar vacío." #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing #. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "El nombre del iniciador ya existe." #. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "Nuevo nombre de iniciador:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "Aceptar" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:725 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" #. create items from targets -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir el elemento seleccionado?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "Problema al crear el destino %1 con TPG %2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Problema al configurar el portal de red en %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Problema al eliminar el LUN %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "Problema al configurar el LUN %1 (nombre:%2) a la vía %3" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "Problema al configurar la autenticación en %1:%2 para %3" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "El destino no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "El grupo del portal de destino no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "El destino ya existe." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Entrante" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Saliente" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" "There isn't any initiator specified.\n" "To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" @@ -675,23 +675,23 @@ "(consulte /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi en el iniciador).\n" "¿Desea continuar sin acceso al iniciador?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Problema al eliminar el LUN %4 para el iniciador %3 en %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Problema al añadir el LUN %4:%5 para el iniciador %3 en %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "Problema al eliminar el iniciador %3 de %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "Problema al crear el iniciador %3 para %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Problema al cambiar la autorización para el iniciador %3 en %1:%2" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/isns.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/isns.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/isns.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journal.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journal.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journal.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: journal\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Para aplicar los cambios, es preciso reiniciar." @@ -1240,129 +1240,129 @@ "Consulte %{log} para obtener más detalles." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de kdump" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Leyendo el archivo de configuración..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Leyendo opciones de arranque del núcleo..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "Calculando límites de memoria..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Leyendo las particiones de discos..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Leyendo memoria disponible y calibrando uso..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de configuración /etc/sysconfig/kdump" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "No es posible leer las opciones de arranque del núcleo." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "No es posible leer la memoria disponible." #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de kdump" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Actualizar opciones de arranque" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Actualizando opciones de arranque..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Error al añadir el parámetro crashkernel en el cargador de arranque." #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Estado de kdump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "enabled" msgstr "HABILITADO" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 msgid "disabled" msgstr "INHABILITADO" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Valores de la opción crashkernel: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Formato de volcado de datos: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Objetivo de los volcados: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Número de volcados: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." msgstr "¡Advertencia! Quizá no haya suficiente espacio disponible. Necesitará %{required}, pero solo hay %{available} disponible." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kernel-update-tool.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kernel-update-tool.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kernel-update-tool.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: kernel-update-tool\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2013-01-30 16:25+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/linux-user-mgmt.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/linux-user-mgmt.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/linux-user-mgmt.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -6,10 +6,9 @@ "Project-Id-Version: linux-user-mgmt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-09-18 13:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:09\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/live-installer.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/live-installer.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/live-installer.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer.es\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-01 14:25-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Sergio Gabriel Teves \n" "Language-Team: Spanish \n" @@ -49,28 +49,28 @@ #. #. Progress::NextStage (); #. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy...")); -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..." msgstr "Evaluando sistemas de archivos a copiar..." # -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 msgid "Copying root filesystem..." msgstr "Copiando el sistema de archivos raíz..." -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62 msgid "Copying live image..." msgstr "Copiando imagen live..." #. Copy all the symlinks as needed #. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154 msgid "Copying %1..." msgstr "Copiando %1..." #. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222 msgid "" "Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n" "\n" @@ -85,53 +85,71 @@ "del sistema." #. generic error report -#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254 +#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250 msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed." msgstr "Fallo al copiar la imagen Live al disco duro." #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Configuración de la instalación" #. label -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47 msgid "Analyzing the system..." msgstr "Analizando el sistema..." #. partitioning summary -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111 msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux" msgstr "Usar %1%% del disco %2 para Linux" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120 msgid "Do not use disk %1" msgstr "No usar disco %1" -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Particiones" #. end of partitioning summary +#. bootloader summary +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "System start-up" +msgstr "Inicio del sistema" + +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" +msgstr "Preguntar si iniciar Linux o el sistema existente" + +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150 +msgid "Boot only Linux" +msgstr "Iniciar sólo Linux" + +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158 +msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" +msgstr "Tiempo de espera para el inicio del sistema: %1 segundos" + +#. end of bootloader summary #. keyboard entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Teclado" #. end of keyboard entry #. timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zona horaria" #. end of timezone entry -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Change Installation Settings" msgstr "Cambiar configuración de la instalación" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>" @@ -141,7 +159,7 @@ "</p>" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To change the values, click the respective headline\n" @@ -152,7 +170,7 @@ "o bien seleccione <b>Cambiar ajustes de la instalación</b>.</p>\n" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170 +#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n" @@ -270,7 +288,7 @@ "el botón de 'Reinicio' para hacerlo." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75 +#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Copiando archivos al sistema instalado..." @@ -296,18 +314,6 @@ msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Guardando la zona horaria..." -#~ msgid "System start-up" -#~ msgstr "Inicio del sistema" - -#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system" -#~ msgstr "Preguntar si iniciar Linux o el sistema existente" - -#~ msgid "Boot only Linux" -#~ msgstr "Iniciar sólo Linux" - -#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds" -#~ msgstr "Tiempo de espera para el inicio del sistema: %1 segundos" - #~ msgid "Installation settings" #~ msgstr "Configuración de la instalación" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/mail.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/mail.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/mail.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -305,69 +305,74 @@ #. Translators: dialog caption #. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "Correo saliente" +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." +msgstr "No crear búsqueda MX para el servidor de correo saliente." + #. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "Encriptación TLS" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:404 src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:405 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "Usar" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "Forzar" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:410 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "&Enmascaramiento" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:411 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "&Autenticación" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:476 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "Correo entrante" #. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:516 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detalles..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "Iniciar &fetchmail" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "manual" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:523 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "daemon" #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:529 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "&Descarga" #. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:548 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "&Alias..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:549 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "&Dominios virtuales..." @@ -375,7 +380,7 @@ #. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) #. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) #. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:629 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -389,7 +394,7 @@ #. correct and complete. The login name may contain only #. certain characters and must begin with a letter. #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:670 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -402,39 +407,39 @@ "Por favor, inténtelo de nuevo.\n" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:709 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "Reescribir dirección del remitente" #. Translators: text entry label #. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 src/include/mail/ui.rb:717 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "Usuario &local" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:722 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "&Mostrar como" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:754 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "La dirección para este usuario ya está definida." #. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:760 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "El formato de la dirección de correo es incorrecto." #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:785 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "Enmascaramiento" #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:800 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "Enmascarar dominios &locales" @@ -444,23 +449,23 @@ #. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) #. ), #. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:813 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "Enma&scarar otros dominios" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:823 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "Do&minios a enmascarar" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:835 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1153 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "Usuario local" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:837 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "Mostrar como" @@ -469,23 +474,23 @@ #. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), #. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly@red.dwarf")) #. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:847 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1158 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1314 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1397 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "Aña&dir" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:848 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1159 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1315 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1398 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:849 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Su&primir" #. Translators: error popup #. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:916 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "El nombre de dominio es incorrecto" @@ -493,106 +498,106 @@ #. list<string> lmod = []; #. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:952 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación del servidor de correo saliente" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:960 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "&Servidor de correo saliente" #. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:962 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" #. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:964 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" #. Translators: popup dialog heading #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1068 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1119 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "Descarga correo" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1147 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "Servidor" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1149 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1151 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "Usuario" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1160 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1316 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1399 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Sup&rimir" #. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1232 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "Redirección del correo entrante" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1234 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "&Alias" #. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1236 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "&Destinos" #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1269 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "El formato de alias es incorrecto." #. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1274 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "Los destinos para este alias ya están definidos" #. Translators: dialog caption #. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1298 src/modules/Mail.rb:1366 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "Alias" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1306 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1389 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Alias" #. Translators: table column headings #. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1308 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1391 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "Destinos" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1381 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "Dominios virtuales" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1499 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "Configuración de correo" #. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1501 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." @@ -876,12 +881,12 @@ msgstr "Al servidor IMAP" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:214 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "AMaVIS, un escáner de virus, será instalado.\n" #. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:228 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -892,56 +897,56 @@ "Configure un el escáner manualmente." #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:247 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Fetchmail, una utilidad de descarga de correo, será instalada.\n" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Se instalará el servidor IMAP Dovecot.\n" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de correo" #. Translators: progress label #. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "Determinando Mail Transport Agent (MTA) (agente de transferencia de mensajes)" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "Leyendo la configuración general" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de enmascaramiento" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de descarga" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "Leyendo la tabla de alias" #. Translators: progress label #. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:320 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de la autenticación..." #. Translators: error message, #. %1 is a file name, #. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:491 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -952,160 +957,160 @@ "%2 para obtener más detalles." #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:841 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "Error al configurar fetchmail." #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:933 src/modules/Mail.rb:942 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "Error al escribir el archivo: %1" #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:963 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "Error al ejecutar config.postfix" #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message #. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:996 src/modules/Mail.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "Error al iniciar el servicio %1" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración general" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de enmascaramiento" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1049 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "Escribiendo la tabla de alias" #. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to #. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de descarga" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1071 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de la autenticación..." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "Finalizando la escritura de los archivos de configuración ." #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "Ejecutando Config Postfix" #. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "Reiniciando servicios" #. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de correo" #. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1300 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "Otros" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "Permanente" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "Acceso telefónico" #. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" #. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1319 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1322 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "Tipo de conexión" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "Servidor de correo saliente" #. summary header; the "From: foo@bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "Cabecera DE:" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "Dominios locales" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "Enmascarar otros dominios" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "Enmascarar usuarios" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1352 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "Aceptar conexiones SMTP remotas" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1353 src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 src/modules/Mail.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1355 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "Usar AMaViS" #. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1358 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "Usar DKIM" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "Fetchmail" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "Usuarios virtuales" #. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/migration.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/migration.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/migration.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: migration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-13 10:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ #. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed #. only for "post" type snapshots) #. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:277 +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:278 msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." msgstr "Error al crear una instantánea del sistema de archivos." @@ -123,16 +123,13 @@ msgstr "<p>Una descripción general de la migración del producto.</p>\n" #. @return [String] translated headline -#. to get the _() method -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 test/proposal_store_test.rb:34 +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 msgid "Migration proposal" msgstr "Propuesta de migración" #. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with #. list of modules -#. mock getting descriptions as we do not want in build to depend on all -#. yast modules from which we use proposal clients -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 test/proposal_store_test.rb:66 +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To start online migration, press <b>Next</b>.\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ncurses-pkg.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ncurses-pkg.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ncurses-pkg.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:09\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ncurses.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ncurses.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ncurses.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: ncurses\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/network.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/network.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/network.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -334,13 +334,13 @@ msgstr "Error en la instalación de las notas de la versión descargadas." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:782 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:780 msgid "Opening of Connection" msgstr "Inicio de la conexión" #. popup to inform user about the failure #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:789 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:815 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:787 src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:812 msgid "" "Connecting to the Internet failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -349,13 +349,13 @@ "el registro para obtener más detalles.\n" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "No se ha definido ninguna URL para las notas de la versión. No se puede realizar la prueba de conexión a Internet." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:886 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:882 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ "Internet o quiere volver a la configuración de red, haga clic en Cancelar.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:898 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:894 msgid "" "Download of latest release notes failed. View\n" "the logs for details." @@ -381,12 +381,12 @@ "el registro para obtener más detalles." #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:945 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 msgid "Check for Patches" msgstr "Buscar parches" #. popup to inform user about the failure -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:954 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:949 msgid "" "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ "registro para obtener más detalles.\n" #. label of combobox where the log is selected -#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:980 +#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 msgid "Closing of Connection" msgstr "Cierre de la conexión" @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ #. Commandline help title #. Main routing dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:473 msgid "Routing Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del encaminamiento" @@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ msgstr "Gateway" #. Table header label -#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:208 src/include/network/lan/address.rb:101 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Máscara de red" @@ -678,76 +678,76 @@ #. Handler for action "list" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/clients/routing.rb:239 src/clients/routing.rb:377 -#: src/clients/routing.rb:423 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" msgstr "No hay ninguna entrada para %1 en la tabla de encaminamiento." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:261 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:262 msgid "%s forwarding is enabled" msgstr "El reenvío de %s está habilitado" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:264 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:265 msgid "%s forwarding is disabled" msgstr "El reenvío de %s está inhabilitado" #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:268 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:269 msgid "Enabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Habilitando reenvío de %s..." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:272 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:273 msgid "Disabling %s forwarding..." msgstr "Inhabilitando reenvío de %s..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:278 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:279 msgid "IPv4 Forwarding:" msgstr "Reenvío de IPv4:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:288 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:289 msgid "IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "Reenvío de IPv6:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:298 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:299 msgid "IPv4 and IPv6 Forwarding:" msgstr "Reenvío de IPv4 e IPv6:" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:320 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." msgstr "Se deben especificar al menos el destinto y las direcciones IP de gateway." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:329 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." msgstr "Añadiendo el destino %1 a la tabla de encaminamiento..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:343 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:344 msgid "Destination IP address must be specified." msgstr "Debe especificarse la dirección IP de destino." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:348 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:349 msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" msgstr "Se debe especificar al menos uno de los parámetros siguientes (gateway, máscara de red, dispositivo, opciones)." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:370 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." msgstr "Actualizando el destino %1 en la tabla de encaminamiento..." -#: src/clients/routing.rb:415 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:414 msgid "Deleting '%1' destination from routing table ..." msgstr "Suprimiendo el destino %1 de la tabla de encaminamiento..." #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Advertencia: no se ha usado cifrado." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 msgid "Change." msgstr "Cambiar." @@ -848,70 +848,70 @@ msgstr "Tarjeta de red USB inalámbrica" #. Device type label -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:255 msgid "Unknown Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red desconocido" #. Modem status (%1 is device) #. ISDN device status (%1 is device) #. Network card status (%1 is device) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:312 src/include/network/complex.rb:324 -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:309 src/include/network/complex.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:374 msgid "Configured as %1" msgstr "Configurado como %1" #. Modem status (%1 is device, %2 is provider) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:313 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2" msgstr "Configurado como %1 con el proveedor %2" #. ISDN status (%1 is device, %2 is provider, %3 protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:333 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:329 msgid "Configured as %1 with provider %2 (protocol %3)" msgstr "Configurado como %1 con el proveedor %2 (protocolo %3)" -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:343 msgid "Configured without address (NONE)" msgstr "Configurado sin dirección (NINGUNA)" #. Network card status -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:345 msgid "Configured without an address" msgstr "Configurado sin dirección" #. Network card status (%1 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:348 msgid "Configured with address %1" msgstr "Configurado con la dirección %1" #. Network card status (%1 is address, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:354 msgid "Configured with address %1 (remote %2)" msgstr "Configurado con la dirección %1 (%2 remota)" #. Network card status (%1 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:361 msgid "Configured with %1" msgstr "Configurado con %1" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:387 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:378 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2" msgstr "Configurado como %1 con la dirección: %2" #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is address, %3 is address) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:383 msgid "Configured as %1 with address %2 (remote %3)" msgstr "Configurado como %1 con la dirección: %2 (%3 remota) " #. Network card status (%1 is device, %2 is protocol) -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:392 msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "Configurado como %1 con %2" #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:419 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:438 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "Gestionado" @@ -1050,18 +1050,18 @@ msgstr "&Seleccionar registro:" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:83 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:85 msgid "Additional Addresses" msgstr "Direcciones adicionales" #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:95 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 msgid "IPv4 Address Label" msgstr "Etiqueta de dirección IPv4" #. Table header label #. Table header label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:99 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP" @@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100 msgid "Ad&d" @@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 @@ -1090,156 +1090,156 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 #: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Sup&rimir" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 msgid "&Name of Interface" msgstr "&Nombre de la interfaz" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:133 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:135 msgid "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>" msgstr "<p>TODO kind of vague!</p>" #. Combo Box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:138 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:140 msgid "Assign Interface to Firewall &Zone" msgstr "Asignar interfaces a &zona del cortafuegos" #. check box label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:146 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:148 msgid "&Mandatory Interface" msgstr "Interfaz &obligatoria" #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Tipo de &dispositivo" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Nombre de la &configuración" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:183 msgid "Tunnel owner" msgstr "Propietario del túnel" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:184 msgid "Tunnel group" msgstr "Grupo del túnel" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos con puente" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:211 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" msgstr "Interfaz real para &VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 msgid "VLAN ID" msgstr "ID de VLAN" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:231 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:233 msgid "Bond Slaves and Order" msgstr "Esclavos asociados y orden" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:235 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:237 msgid "Up" msgstr "Arriba" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:236 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:238 msgid "Down" msgstr "Inactivo" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:240 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:242 msgid "Bond &Slaves" msgstr "E&sclavos asociados" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:256 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:263 msgid "&Bond Driver Options" msgstr "Opciones del &controlador asociado" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>" msgstr "<p>Seleccione las opciones del controlador enlazado y edítelas si fuera necesario. </p>" #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "No están configurados el enlace ni la IP (vínculos asociados)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:286 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:293 msgid "Use iBFT Values" msgstr "Usar valores de iBFT" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:299 msgid "Dynamic Address" msgstr "Dirección dinámica" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:315 msgid "DHCP both version 4 and 6" msgstr "DHCP versiones 4 y 6 (ambas)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:309 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:316 msgid "DHCP version 4 only" msgstr "Sólo versión 4 de DHCP" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:310 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:317 msgid "DHCP version 6 only" msgstr "Sólo versión 6 de DHCP" #. TODO : Stat ... Assigned -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:321 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:328 msgid "Statically Assigned IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP asignada estáticamente" #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Dirección &IP" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:327 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:334 msgid "&Subnet Mask" msgstr "Máscara de &subred" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "Nombre de &host" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:360 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 msgid "R&emote IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP re&mota" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:369 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:376 msgid "The remote IP address is invalid." msgstr "La dirección IP remota no es válida." #. push button label -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:377 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:384 msgid "&S/390" msgstr "&S/390" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1250,13 +1250,13 @@ "la detección ha sido incorrecta." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "La configuración %1 ya existe." #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1270,20 +1270,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "Dirección IP no válida" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "La máscara de red o la longitud del prefijo no son válidas." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Nombre de host no válido." #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ "¿Seguro que desea el nombre de host en blanco?\n" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -1308,60 +1308,60 @@ #. @param [Array<String>] types network card types #. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 msgid "&General" msgstr "&General" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Activación del dispositivo" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Zona de cortafuegos" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Unidad de transmisión máxima (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" msgstr "<p>Aquí puede definir la configuración detallada de la tarjeta de red.</p>" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Dirección" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" msgstr "<p>Configurar su dirección IP.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "Esclavos &asociados" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Inalámbrica" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Prioridad de Ifplugd" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" "<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1376,10 +1376,27 @@ "una prioridad a cada interfaz. </p>\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Configuración de tarjeta de red" +#. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +msgid "" +"The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" +"may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?\n" +msgstr "" +"Las interfaces seleccionadas comparten el mismo puerto físico y si se vinculan\n" +"podría no producirse el efecto de redundancia deseado.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"¿Seguro que desea continuar?\n" + #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) #: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 msgid "" @@ -1577,23 +1594,23 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:214 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "Impossible value for bootproto." msgstr "Valor no válido para bootproto." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:223 -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:290 msgid "Impossible value for startmode." msgstr "Valor no válido para startmode." -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:272 msgid "For static configuration, the \"ip\" option is needed." msgstr "Para una configuración estática, se necesita la opción \"ip\"." #. Handler for action "delete" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Se ha suprimido el dispositivo." @@ -1655,7 +1672,7 @@ #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:199 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:198 msgid "" "Firmware is needed. Install it from \n" "the add-on CD.\n" @@ -1667,7 +1684,7 @@ "En primer lugar, añada el CD de productos adicionales a los\n" "repositorios de YaST y vuelva a este recuadro de diálogo de configuración.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:213 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 msgid "" "The device needs a firmware to function properly. Usually, it can be\n" "downloaded from your driver vendor's Web page. \n" @@ -1685,20 +1702,20 @@ #. - kernel modules (InstallKernel): before loaded #. - wlan firmware: here, just because it is copied from modems #. #45960 -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:231 msgid "Installing firmware" msgstr "Instalando el firmware" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "Para instalar correctamente el firmware, debe ejecutar el guion \"install_bcm43xx_firmware\". ¿Desea ejecutarlo ahora?" -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "Se ha producido un error durante la instalación del firmware." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1713,12 +1730,12 @@ " la interfaz dejará de estar gestionada por NetworkManager.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "El dispositivo seleccionado tiene STARTMODE=nfsroot. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Método de configuración de red" @@ -1727,7 +1744,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración de red" @@ -1913,7 +1930,7 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:540 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de &red" @@ -1923,7 +1940,7 @@ msgstr "&Buscar" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1932,7 +1949,7 @@ "Escoja otro." #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:854 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta de red S/390" @@ -1940,131 +1957,131 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:873 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1079 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Configuración del dispositivo S/390 " #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:883 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Nombre de puerto " -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Número de puerto" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:902 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Activar transferencia IPA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:909 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Habilitar soporte para &Layer2" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:916 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Dirección &MAC de Layer2" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1000 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Canal de lectura" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:930 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1006 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Canal de escritura" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Canal de control" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" msgstr "<p>Introduzca el <b>Nombre de puerto</b> para esta interfaz (distinguiendo entre mayúsculas y minúsculas).</p>" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" msgstr "<p>Introduzca las <b>opciones</b> adicionales para esta interfaz (separadas por espacios).</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Activar transferencia IPA</b> si desea activar la transferencia de direcciones IP para esta interfaz.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Seleccione <b>Habilitar soporte para Layer2</b> si la tarjeta está configurada con el soporte para Layer2.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "<p>Introduzca la <b>Dirección MAC de Layer2</b> si la tarjeta está configurada con el soporte para Layer2.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "Número de &puerto" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:992 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&Tiempo límite de LANCMD" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Elija el <b>Número de puerto</b> para esta interfaz.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Especifique el <b>Tiempo límite de LANCMD</b> para esta interfaz.</p>" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1023 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Modo de compatibilidad" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1025 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Modo extendido" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1027 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "tty basado en CTC (conexiones de Linux a Linux)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Modo de compatibilidad con OS/390 y z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1048 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocolo" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1071 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Elija el <b>Protocolo</b> para esta interfaz.</p>" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1088 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&Nombre del conector (peer)" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1099 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n" @@ -2072,8 +2089,7 @@ "<p>Introduzca el nombre del conector IUCV;\n" "por ejemplo, el nombre de usuario z/VM con el que desea conectar (distinguiendo entre mayúsculas y minúsculas).</p>\n" -#. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1220 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2083,7 +2099,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1242 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Recuadro de diálogo del hardware" @@ -2737,29 +2753,29 @@ "'wireless' en el mismo directorio.</p>" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:209 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "Etiquet&a de dirección IPv4" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:217 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "&Máscara de red" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:247 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "La etiqueta es demasiada larga." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "La dirección IP es no es válida." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:266 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "La máscara de subred no es válida." @@ -2939,127 +2955,127 @@ #. Wireless authentication modes: #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:353 msgid "No Encryption" msgstr "Sin cifrado" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:361 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:357 msgid "WEP - Open" msgstr "WEP - Abierta" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:363 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:359 msgid "WEP - Shared Key" msgstr "WEP - Clave compartida" #. ComboBox item #. Ask me what it means, I don't know yet -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:362 msgid "WPA-PSK (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-PSK (WPA versión 1 o 2)" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:366 msgid "WPA-EAP (WPA version 1 or 2)" msgstr "WPA-EAP (WPA versión 1 o 2)" #. Wireless dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:390 msgid "Wireless Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta de red inalámbrica" #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:424 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:420 msgid "Wireless Device Settings" msgstr "Configuración del dispositivo inalámbrico" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:433 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:429 msgid "O&perating Mode" msgstr "Modo de o&peración" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:432 msgid "Ad-Hoc" msgstr "Ad-hoc" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:436 msgid "Master" msgstr "maestro" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:449 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:445 msgid "Ne&twork Name (ESSID)" msgstr "Identificador de r&ed (ESSID)" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:452 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:448 msgid "Scan Network" msgstr "Explorar la red" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:459 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:455 msgid "&Authentication Mode" msgstr "Modo de &autenticación" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:466 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:462 msgid "&Encryption Key" msgstr "Clave de &cifrado" #. PushButton label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:471 msgid "E&xpert Settings" msgstr "Configuración ex&perta" #. PushButton label, keys for WEP encryption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:478 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:474 msgid "&WEP Keys" msgstr "Claves &WEP" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." msgstr "El modo de autenticación WPA sólo es posible en el modo de operación gestionado." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:569 msgid "Specify the network name for this mode." msgstr "Indique el nombre de red para este modo." #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:576 msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters." msgstr "El nombre de red ha de tener menos de 32 caracteres." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." msgstr "La contraseña debe tener entre 8 y 63 caracteres." #. Error popup -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits." msgstr "La clave debe tener %1 dígitos hexadecimales." #. Popup text #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:619 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941 msgid "The encryption key is invalid." msgstr "La clave de cifrado no es válida." #. error #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:627 msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode." msgstr "La clave de cifrado debe ser especificada para este modo de autenticación." #. warning only #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:634 msgid "" "Using no encryption is a security risk.\n" "Really continue?\n" @@ -3069,13 +3085,13 @@ #. Wireless expert dialog caption #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775 msgid "Wireless Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada de la red inalámbrica" #. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697 msgid "" "<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n" "(rarely needed).</p>" @@ -3084,7 +3100,7 @@ "(no suelen ser necesarios).</p>" #. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701 msgid "" "<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n" @@ -3097,7 +3113,7 @@ "de acceso.</p>\n" #. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708 msgid "" "<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>" @@ -3106,7 +3122,7 @@ "<b>tasa de bits</b> de transmisión. La opción por defecto es la más rápida posible.</p>" #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 msgid "" "<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>" @@ -3115,7 +3131,7 @@ "acceso al que quiere conectarse introduciendo su dirección MAC.</p>" #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 msgid "" "<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n" "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" @@ -3127,32 +3143,32 @@ #. Combobox item #. Combobox item -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745 -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "Automático" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781 msgid "&Channel" msgstr "&Canal" #. Combobox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784 msgid "B&it Rate" msgstr "Tasa de b&its" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790 msgid "&Access Point" msgstr "Punto de &acceso" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798 msgid "Use &Power Management" msgstr "Usar gestión de &energía" -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807 msgid "AP ScanMode" msgstr "Exploración modo AP" @@ -3237,12 +3253,12 @@ msgstr "&Definir como valor por defecto" #. file browser dialog headline -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1214 msgid "Choose a Certificate" msgstr "Elija un certificado" #. validated in ValidateWpaEap -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" @@ -3251,7 +3267,7 @@ "a redes inalámbricas ficticias no seguras. ¿Desea continuar sin una CA?" #. error popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1285 msgid "" "Enter either the identity and password\n" "or the client certificate." @@ -3260,47 +3276,47 @@ "o el certificado de cliente." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1331 msgid "WPA-EAP" msgstr "WPA-EAP" #. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1353 msgid "Any" msgstr "Cualquiera" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359 msgid "GTC" msgstr "GTC" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361 msgid "CHAP" msgstr "CHAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363 msgid "PAP" msgstr "PAP" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1365 msgid "MSCHAPv1" msgstr "MSCHAPv1" #. combo box item, an EAP authentication method -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1369 msgid "MSCHAPv2" msgstr "MSCHAPv2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393 +#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1392 msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "Detalles de WPA-EAP" @@ -3315,34 +3331,45 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" -msgstr "&Permitir gestión remota" +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" +msgstr "&Permitir administración remota con gestión del sistema" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 +msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" +msgstr "&Permitir administración remota sin gestión del sistema" + +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&No permitir gestión remota" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n" +"<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" +"at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" +"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Configuración de administración remota</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Si esta opción está habilitada, podrá\n" -"administrar este equipo de forma remota desde de otro equipo. Use un cliente VNC,\n" -"como krdc (conectar a <tt><nombredehost>:%1</tt>), o\n" -"un navegador web compatible con Java (conectar a <tt>http://<nombredehost>:%2/</tt>).\n" -"Esta forma de administración remota no es tan segura como usar SSH.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Ajustes de gestión remota</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Si esta función está habilitada, puede\n" +"administrar este equipo de forma remota desde otro equipo. Use un cliente de VNC,\n" +"como krdc (conéctese a <tt><nombrehost>:%1</tt>) o\n" +"un navegador Web compatible con Java (conéctese a <tt>https://<nombrehost>:%2/</tt>).</p>\n" +"<p>Sin gestión de la sesión, solo un usuario puede estar conectado\n" +"a la vez a una sesión, y esa sesión se interrumpe cuando\n" +"el cliente de VNC se desconecta.</p><p>Con gestión de la sesión, varios usuarios pueden interactuar en una\n" +"misma sesión y esta persiste aunque no haya nadie conectado.</p>" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Ajustes de gestión remota" @@ -3385,7 +3412,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3394,33 +3421,33 @@ "esta está inhabilitada. YaST no puede configurar algunas opciones." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Tarjetas de red" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Módems" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "Tarjetas RDSI" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos ADSL" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Todos los dispositivos de red" #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "El nombre de host no es válido." @@ -3589,12 +3616,12 @@ msgstr "Alias de host" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "Alias de hos&t" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "El alias \"%1\" no es válido." @@ -3634,36 +3661,36 @@ msgid "&Destination" msgstr "&Destino" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:171 msgid "Ge&nmask" msgstr "Ge&nmask" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:180 msgid "&Gateway" msgstr "&Gateway" -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:188 msgid "De&vice" msgstr "Dispositi&vo" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:247 msgid "Destination is invalid." msgstr "El destino no es válido." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:255 msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid." msgstr "La dirección IP de la Gateway es no es válida." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:263 msgid "Subnetmask is invalid." msgstr "La máscara de subred no es válida." #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:422 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "La Gateway por defecto no es válida." @@ -3909,35 +3936,35 @@ "(KDE plasma y nm-applet para GNOME).\n" "Asegúrese de que se está ejecutando. En caso contrario, ejecútelo manualmente." -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 msgid "General Network Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración generales de red" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:402 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del protocolo IPv6" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Habilitar IPv6" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:420 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:421 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Dispositivo desconocido" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:429 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:430 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Dirección DHCP" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:436 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:437 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "No hay ninguna dirección IP asignada" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:439 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -3946,12 +3973,12 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:492 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:493 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Cambiar dispositivo" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:525 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:526 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Selección de dispositivo de red" @@ -3960,7 +3987,7 @@ #. to "0.0.0.0/32" #. #. translators: a note that listed device is already configured -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:571 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:572 msgid "configured" msgstr "configurado" @@ -4009,7 +4036,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Actualizar la configuración" @@ -4032,7 +4059,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Actualizando la configuración..." @@ -4082,62 +4109,62 @@ msgstr "Actualizando /etc/hosts..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del cortafuegos" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Detectar dispositivos de red" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Leer información del controlador" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Leer configuración del dispositivo" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Leer configuración de la red" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Leer configuración del cortafuegos" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Leer configuración de nombre de host y DNS" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Leer información sobre la instalación" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Leer configuración de encaminamiento" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Detectar estado actual" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Detectando ndiswrapper..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" @@ -4147,7 +4174,7 @@ "pero el módulo del núcleo no es modprobe.\n" "¿Desea aplicar modprobe a ndiswrapper?\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" @@ -4156,275 +4183,275 @@ "Compruebe la configuración manualmente.\n" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Detectando dispositivos de red..." #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración del dispositivo..." #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración de la red..." #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración del cortafuegos..." #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración de nombre de host y DNS..." #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Leyendo información sobre la instalación..." #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración de encaminamiento.." #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Detectando estado actual..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "Para que este cambio tenga efecto, es necesario reiniciar." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de red" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Escribir información de controladores" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Escribir configuración del dispositivo" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Escribir configuración de la red" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Escribir la configuración de encaminamiento" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Escribir configuración de nombre de host y DNS" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Instalar los servicios de red" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Activar los servicios de red " #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Escribiendo /etc/modprobe.conf..." #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración del dispositivo..." #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración de la red.." #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de encaminamiento..." #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración de nombre de host y DNS..." #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Configurando servicios de red..." #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración del cortafuegos..." #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Activando los servicios de red..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642 msgid "No network running" msgstr "No hay ninguna red en ejecución" #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Modo de red" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Interfaces controladas mediante NetworkManager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Inhabilitar NetworkManager" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Configuración de red tradicional con NetControl - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Habilitar NetworkManager" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Compatibilidad con protocolo IPv6 habilitada" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Inhabilitar IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Compatibilidad con protocolo IPv6 inhabilitada" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198 msgid "connected" msgstr "conectado" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 msgid "datagram" msgstr "datagrama" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Iniciado automáticamente durante el arranque" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Iniciado automáticamente al conectar el cable" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Gestionado por NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "No se iniciará en absoluto" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Iniciado manualmente" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Dirección IP asignada usando" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Dirección IP: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "Dirección IP: %s, máscara de subred %s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Sin configurar" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Vínculos asociados" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "esclavo en %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Principal en el vinculo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Sin conexión" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "No hay información del hardware" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "No es posible configurar la tarjeta de red porque el dispositivo de núcleo (eth0, wlan0) no está presente. Probablemente se deba a que falta el firmware (en dispositivos WLAN). Consulte el resultado de dmesg para obtener más detalles." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4432,17 +4459,17 @@ "El dispositivo no está configurado. Haga clic en <b>Editar</b>\n" "para configurarlo.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Necesita firmware" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 msgid "" "Package %{package} is not installed\n" "firewall settings will be disabled." @@ -4451,35 +4478,38 @@ "La configuración del cortafuegos se inhabilitará." #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Configurar gestor de visualización" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:208 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Reiniciar los servicios" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:211 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de administración remota" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Configurando el gestor de visualización..." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:224 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Reiniciando el servicio..." -#. Enable xinetd -#. Enable XDM -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254 +#. Install required packages +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:261 msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgstr "Error al habilitar el servicio %{service}" +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 +msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "Error al inhabilitar el servicio %{service}" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 msgid "" "Your display manager must be restarted.\n" "To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n" @@ -4490,11 +4520,11 @@ "reinícielo manualmente o entre y salga de la sesión." #. description in proposal -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "La administración remota está activada." -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:332 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "La administración remota está desactivada." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ "Dominio válido: %3" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:116 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ "el punto de montaje %1." #. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -383,12 +383,12 @@ msgstr "Configuración del cliente NFS" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "No ha sido posible crear el directorio '%1'." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -399,52 +399,52 @@ "a la configuración del cliente NFS.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:447 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración NFS" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:452 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Detener servicios" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:454 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Iniciar servicios" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:458 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Deteniendo servicios..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:460 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Iniciando servicios..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:462 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Escribiendo los ajustes del cliente NFS. Espere..." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "No ha sido posible montar las entradas NFS de /etc/fstab." #. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "Entradas NFS" #. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1 entradas configuradas" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -70,27 +70,27 @@ msgstr "Opción Sí/No para habilitar o inhabilitar NFS seguro." #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "El servidor NFS está activado" #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "El servidor NFS está inhabilitado." #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Los paquetes requeridos (%1) no están instalados." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "No se ha especificado ningún punto de montaje." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -101,11 +101,11 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "No es posible establecer el dominio sin habilitar NFSv4. Utilice el comando \"set enablev4\"." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." msgstr "El comando \"set \" debe usarse con el formato \"set opción=valor\". Utilice \"set help\" para obtener más información de las opciones disponibles." @@ -166,59 +166,48 @@ "De igual forma, puede haber un espacio en blanco indebido en el archivo de configuración.\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "&Directorio para exportar" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Examinar..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "Introduzca una vía de exportación que no esté vacía. Por ejemplo: /exports." #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "La tabla de exportaciones ya contiene este directorio." -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" -"El servidor NFS (%1) de modo de usuario no puede exportar directorios\n" -"cuyos nombres contengan espacios.\n" -"Utilice el servidor basado en el núcleo (%2) para hacerlo." - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "El directorio no existe. ¿Desea crearlo?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Seleccionar directorio para exportar" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "Comodín del &servidor" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&pciones" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" @@ -227,7 +216,7 @@ "menos que NFSv4 esté habilitado (página anterior).\n" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -237,12 +226,12 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo /etc/idmapd.conf. El dominio usará por defecto localdomain." #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others.</P>" @@ -251,7 +240,7 @@ "y exportar algunos de los directorios a otros.</P>" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>" @@ -259,7 +248,7 @@ "<P>Si selecciona <B>Iniciar el servidor NFS</B>, al hacer clic en <B>Siguiente</B>\n" "se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo de configuración en el que podrá indicar los directorios que desea exportar.</P>" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n" "and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" @@ -270,7 +259,7 @@ "de asignación de ID. Deje este valor como localdomain o consulte la página man correspondiente a idmapd e idmapd.conf si tiene alguna duda.</P>\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" "<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" @@ -279,44 +268,44 @@ "marque <B>Habilitar seguridad GSS.</B> Para usar la API GSS, necesita disponer de kerberos y gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) en su sistema.</P>\n" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Servidor NFS" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Iniciar" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "&No iniciar" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Habilitar NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Habilitar NFS&v4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "Especifique el nombre de do&minio de NFSv4:" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Habilitar seguridad &GSS" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor NFS" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -327,7 +316,7 @@ "que tienen permiso para montar este directorio.</P>\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" @@ -337,68 +326,63 @@ "Puede indicarse un solo host, grupos, comodines o\n" "redes IP.</P>\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" msgstr "<p>Introduzca un asterisco (<tt>*</tt>) en lugar de un nombre para especificar todos los hosts.</p>" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Deje el campo vacío para especificar todos los hosts.</p>" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n" msgstr "<P>Consulte la página <tt>man exports</tt> para obtener más información.</P>\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "Añadir &directorio" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Sup&rimir" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "Comodín del host" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "Añadir &host" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Ed&itar" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "&Suprimir" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Directorios para exportar" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -407,7 +391,7 @@ "%1" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -418,72 +402,60 @@ "exportados.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del servidor NFS" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "Guardar /etc/exports" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Reiniciar servicios" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Guardando /etc/exports..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Reiniciando servicios..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Escribiendo los ajustes del servidor NFS. Espere..." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "No es posible escribir en idmapd.conf." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "No es posible iniciar idmapd. Compruebe la configuración del dominio." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321 -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "No es posible reiniciar idmapd." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328 -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "No es posible detener idmapd." - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "No es posible iniciar svcgssd. Asegúrese de que la configuración de kerberos y gssapi (nfs-utils) sea correcta." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349 -msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it." -msgstr "svcgssd ya se está ejecutando. No es posible reiniciarlo." +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 +msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." +msgstr "No es posible reiniciar el servicio svcgssd." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "svcgssd se está ejecutando. No es posible detenerlo." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -492,11 +464,11 @@ "Los cambios se activarán tras reiniciar el sistema.\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "Directorios exportados por NFS" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "El dominio NFSv4 para idmapping (mapeo de id) es %1." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -257,9 +257,10 @@ msgstr "&Direcciones de los servidores NIS" #. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 -msgid "Br&oadcast" -msgstr "D&ifusión" +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +msgid "&Broadcast" +msgstr "&Difusión" #. pushbutton label, find nis servers #. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) @@ -372,11 +373,6 @@ msgstr "&Servidores (separados por espacios o comas)" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 -msgid "&Broadcast" -msgstr "&Difusión" - -#. checkbox label #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración NTP..." #. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" msgstr "<p>Pulse <b>Sincronizar ahora</b> para que la hora del sistema se defina correctamente mediante el servidor NTP seleccionado. Si desea usar NTP de forma permanente, habilite la opción <b>Guardar configuración NTP.</b></p>" @@ -29,48 +29,48 @@ msgstr "<p>Si habilita la opción <b>Ejecutar NTP como daemon,</b> el servicio NTP se iniciará como un daemon. De lo contrario, la hora del sistema se sincronizará de forma periódica. El intervalo por defecto es de 15 minutos. Puede cambiarlo después de la instalación con el módulo <b>yast2 ntp-client</b>.</p>" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>" msgstr "<p>Use el botón <b>Configurar</b> para abrir la configuración avanzada de NTP.</p>" #. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>" msgstr "<p>La sincronización con el servidor NTP sólo se puede realizar cuando hay una red configurada.</p>" #. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "Nombre de host de servidor NTP no válido: %1" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Dirección del servidor &NTP" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "&Ejecutar NTP como daemon" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "&Guardar configuración de NTP" #. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "Sincronizar &ahora" #. push button label #. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:275 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "&Configurar..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ "si el paquete %1 no está instalado." #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Sincronizando con el servidor NTP..." @@ -298,273 +298,269 @@ msgstr "Receptores JJY" #. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:23 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "Módulo de configuración del cliente NTP" #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:33 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "Imprimir el estado del daemon NTP." #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:40 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "Imprimir todas las relaciones de sincronización configuradas." #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:47 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "Activar el daemon NTP." #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:54 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "Desactivar el daemon NTP." #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:61 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "Añadir nueva relación de sincronización." #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:68 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "Editar relación de sincronización existente." #. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "Suprimir relación de sincronización." #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:83 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "Dirección del servidor" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:90 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "Dirección del conector" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:97 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "Dirección a la que emitir broadcasts" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "Dirección desde la que aceptar broadcasts" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:111 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "Opciones de la relación" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:118 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "Opciones para la calibración del controlador de reloj" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "Usar el servidor para la sincronización inicial" #. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "No usar el servidor para la sincronización inicial" #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "El conector de sincronización no ha sido especificado." #. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:198 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado el conector de sincronización especificado." #. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "El daemon NTP está activado." -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:254 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "El daemon NTP está desactivado." #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:565 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "Servidor" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:270 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:567 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "Conector" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:272 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión" #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:274 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "Aceptando broadcasts" #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 #. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:288 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:587 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "Número de unidad: %1" #. table cell, NTP relationship type #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:294 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:593 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "Reloj de radio local" #. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:344 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible leer la configuración." #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor NTP" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "Configuración NTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: UI frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:177 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos" - -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Valores generales de configuración" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración de seguridad" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "Configuración NTP avanzada" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "Nueva sincronización" #. Server editing dialog #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del servidor" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "Servidor NTP" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:331 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1548 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "Servidor NTP local" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:377 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1549 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "Servidor NTP público" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:420 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "Par NTP" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:459 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "Reloj de referencia local" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:494 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:569 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión saliente" #. dialog caption #. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:521 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión entrante" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:547 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "ID de &referencia" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "&Estrato" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:555 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "Calibración Offset 1" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:558 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "Calibración Offset 2" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:563 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "Bandera &1" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:566 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "Bandera &2" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "Bandera &3" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:574 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "Bandera &4" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:582 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "Calibración del controlador de reloj" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -573,7 +569,7 @@ "<br>Espere, por favor...<br></p>" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:21 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" @@ -582,7 +578,7 @@ "Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración, pulse <B>Cancelar</B>.</p>" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -591,7 +587,7 @@ "<br>Por favor, espere...<br></p>" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:29 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -601,24 +597,20 @@ "Cancele la grabación pulsando <B>Cancelar</b>.\n" "Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.</p>" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n" -"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" -" You can change this when the system was set up." +"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" +"and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n" +"The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Iniciar daemon NTP</big></b><br>\n" -"Seleccione si desea iniciar el daemon NTP ahora en cada vez que se arranque el sistema. \n" -"El daemon NTP resuelve los nombres de host al inicializarse. \n" -"La conexión de red debe haberse iniciado antes de que se inicie el daemon NTP.</p>\n" -"Si selecciona <b>Sincronizar sin daemon</b> el daemon NTP no se activará. \n" -"La hora del sistema se definirá de forma periódica. El intervalo es configurable, aunque por defecto es de 15 minutos.\n" -" Puede cambiar este ajuste cuando haya configurado el sistema." +"Seleccione si desea iniciar el daemon NTP ahora y cada vez que se arranque el sistema. \n" +"Si selecciona <b>Sincronizar sin daemon,</b> el daemon NTP no se activará\n" +"y la hora del sistema se establecerá de forma periódica con un guion <i>cron</i>. \n" +"El intervalo se puede configurar. Por defecto es de %d minutos." #. help text 2/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 @@ -646,7 +638,7 @@ "Los indicadores de control de acceso se pueden ajustar con más detalle en la tabla de resumen de servidores. Esta opción no está disponible si NTP se configura mediante DHCP.</p>\n" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -661,7 +653,7 @@ "DHCP proporciona la información sobre los servidores NTP.</p>" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -676,7 +668,7 @@ " y pulse <b>Suprimir</b>.</p>" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n" "<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n" @@ -685,7 +677,7 @@ "<p>Para ver los registros del daemon NTP, pulse <b>Mostrar registro</b>.</p>\n" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -696,7 +688,7 @@ "con un reloj conectado localmente, utilice <b>Configuración avanzada</b>." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>" @@ -705,7 +697,7 @@ "Seleccione aquí el controlador para el reloj que desea configurar.</p>" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -716,7 +708,7 @@ "<b>Número de unidad</b>.</p>" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -735,7 +727,7 @@ " o bien es necesario crearlo manualmente.</p>" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" @@ -744,7 +736,7 @@ "Para calibrar el controlador del reloj, pulse <b>Calibración del controlador</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n" @@ -757,7 +749,7 @@ "de servicios de Internet.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -770,7 +762,7 @@ "elija entre <b>Servidor NTP local</b> y <b>Servidor NTP público</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -781,7 +773,7 @@ "está activo y responde correctamente.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -792,7 +784,7 @@ "la que va a sincronizarse mutuamente.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n" @@ -802,7 +794,7 @@ "En la casilla <b>Dirección</b>, defina la dirección a la que desea emitir un broadcast.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -813,7 +805,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -825,7 +817,7 @@ "el campo <b>Opciones</b>. Para obtener más información\n" "consulte <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" @@ -844,7 +836,7 @@ "<b>Valores de configuración de seguridad</b>.</p>\n" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>" @@ -853,7 +845,7 @@ "Seleccione aquí el tipo de conector de sincronización que quiere añadir.</p>" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select <b>Server</b>.</p>" @@ -862,7 +854,7 @@ "para efectos de sincronización.</p>" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "<b>Peer</b>.</p>" @@ -871,7 +863,7 @@ "para efectos de sincronización recíproca.</p>" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" @@ -880,7 +872,7 @@ "conectado directamente a su equipo.</p>" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>" @@ -889,7 +881,7 @@ "<b>Difusión saliente</b>.</p>" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" @@ -898,7 +890,7 @@ "y usarlos para establecer la hora local, seleccione <b>Difusión entrante<b>.</p>" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -909,7 +901,7 @@ "seleccionarlo de una lista de servidores NTP conocidos.</p>" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</b></big><br>\n" @@ -924,7 +916,7 @@ "y seleccione a continuación un servidor de la lista de servidores hallados.</p>" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" "Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n" @@ -935,7 +927,7 @@ "que se muestren sólo servidores NTP de un país determinado, selecciónelo en <b>País</b>.</p>" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -956,7 +948,7 @@ "para encontrar el servidor NTP más cercano.</p>" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" @@ -966,7 +958,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -981,7 +973,7 @@ " cliente NTP estará sincronizado con servidores diferentes cada hora.</p>\n" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -994,7 +986,7 @@ "determinados. Algunos controladores no utilizan todas las opciones.</p>" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" @@ -1012,17 +1004,17 @@ "Se perderán todos los cambios." #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:65 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Reiniciar el daemon NTP" #. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:70 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Guardar configuración y reiniciar daemon NTP" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:179 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1036,7 +1028,7 @@ "puede tardar mucho en iniciarse y podría no funcionar correctamente." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:240 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." @@ -1045,7 +1037,7 @@ "un nombre de host completo, una dirección IPv4 ni una dirección IPv6." #. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:531 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -1058,44 +1050,44 @@ " ¿Está seguro de que desea sustituir el servidor NTP actual?" #. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1067 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "Seleccionar dispositivo" #. selection box header #. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1132 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1791 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "&Servidores NTP públicos" #. message report (no server selected) #. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1143 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "Seleccionar un servidor NTP." #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1172 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "Todos los países" #. combo box header #. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1179 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1781 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "&País" #. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1252 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "Buscando servidores NTP en la red..." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -1106,205 +1098,205 @@ " en ejecución, que probablemente esté bloqueando la búsqueda en red." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1276 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún servidor NTP en la red." #. combo box label #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1573 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "Dirección" #. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún de servidor." #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "D&irección" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1398 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "Configuración a&vanzada" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1409 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "Calibración del &controlador" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1419 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "&Intervalo de sincronización en minutos" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "Iniciar daemon NTP" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1433 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "Sólo &manualmente" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1435 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "&Sincronizar sin daemon" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1437 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "Ahora y &durante el inicio" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "Ejecutar daemon NTP en Chroot &Jail" #. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1464 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "&Restringir el servicio NTP sólo a los servidores configurados " #. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1478 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1480 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "Auto" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1482 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizar" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1484 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "Directiva de configuración en &tiempo de ejecución" #. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "Directiva &personalizada" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1508 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "&Utilizar servidores aleatorios de pool.ntp.org" #. text entry label #. text entry #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1521 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1539 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1739 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Dirección" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1546 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "&Seleccionar..." #. push button #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1557 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1818 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1829 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Probar" #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "Tipo de sincronización" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1586 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "&Mostrar registro..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1611 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "&Tipo de reloj" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1622 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "&Número de unidad" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "Crear enlace &simbólico" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1656 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1681 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "Opciones de control de acceso" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1693 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "&Servidor" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1695 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "&Conector" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1697 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "Reloj de &radio" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1699 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión &saliente" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1701 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión &entrante" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1704 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1718 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "Red loc&al" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1720 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "Servidor NTP &público" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1725 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "Ubicación del servidor NTP" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1749 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "&Consulta" @@ -1318,149 +1310,157 @@ msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:486 -msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del cliente NTP" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:501 -msgid "Read network configuration" -msgstr "Leer la configuración de red" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:503 -msgid "Read NTP settings" -msgstr "Leer la configuración de NTP" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:507 -msgid "Reading network configuration..." -msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de red..." - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:509 -msgid "Reading NTP settings..." -msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de NTP..." - -#. progress step #. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that #. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. #. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) #. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:511 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:606 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:767 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:918 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; -#. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:740 -msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" -msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cliente NTP" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 -msgid "Write NTP settings" -msgstr "Escribir la configuración de NTP" - -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:759 -msgid "Restart NTP daemon" -msgstr "Reiniciar el daemon NTP" - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:763 -msgid "Writing the settings..." -msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." - -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:765 -msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." -msgstr "Reiniciando el daemon NTP..." - -#. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 -msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." -msgstr "No es posible actualizar la directiva de configuración dinámica." - -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:888 -msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." -msgstr "No es posible reiniciar el daemon NTP." - #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "El daemon NTP se inicia al arrancar el sistema." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1004 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "El daemon NTP no se inicia automáticamente." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1010 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Servidores: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Relojes de radio: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Conectores: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1022 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Anunciar (broadcast) información del tiempo a: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Aceptada la información del tiempo anunciada (broadcast) por: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Combinar configuración estática y DHCP." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Sólo configuración estática." -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1049 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Directiva de configuración personalizada." -#. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1082 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Probando el servidor NTP..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "El servidor está disponible y responde correctamente." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "El servidor no está disponible o no responde correctamente." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" msgstr "" "No es posible buscar servidores NTP en la red local\n" "si el paquete %1 no está instalado.\n" + +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del cliente NTP" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +msgid "Read network configuration" +msgstr "Leer la configuración de red" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +msgid "Read NTP settings" +msgstr "Leer la configuración de NTP" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +msgid "Reading network configuration..." +msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de red..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +msgid "Reading NTP settings..." +msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de NTP..." + +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" +msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cliente NTP" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +msgid "Write NTP settings" +msgstr "Escribir la configuración de NTP" + +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +msgid "Restart NTP daemon" +msgstr "Reiniciar el daemon NTP" + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." + +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." +msgstr "Reiniciando el daemon NTP..." + +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." +msgstr "No es posible actualizar la directiva de configuración dinámica." + +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." +msgstr "No es posible reiniciar el daemon NTP." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/oneclickinstall.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/oneclickinstall.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/oneclickinstall.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-09 17:28-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Sergio Gabriel Teves \n" "Language-Team: Spanish \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update-configuration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/opensuse_mirror.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/opensuse_mirror.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/opensuse_mirror.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-10 14:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: jcsl \n" "Language-Team: Spanish \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/packager.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/packager.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/packager.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -193,8 +193,8 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" msgstr "<p>El gestor de repositorios está descargando información del repositorio...</p>" @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ #. re-initialize package information #. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744 +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Instalando paquetes..." @@ -524,8 +524,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." @@ -549,91 +549,101 @@ msgid "&Media" msgstr "&Medios" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/pkg_finish.rb:50 -msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." -msgstr "Guardando la configuración del gestor de software..." - #. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioridad" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "Conservar paquetes descargados" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "Repositorios de instalación: este módulo no admite la interfaz de línea de comandos. Utilice %1 en su lugar." #. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 msgid "Default" msgstr "Por defecto" #. unkown name (alias) of the source #. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, #. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Nombre desconocido" #. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" #. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +msgid "Raw URL: %s" +msgstr "URL sin procesar: %s" + #. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Nombre del repositorio desconocido" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Categoría: %1" #. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Servicio: %1" #. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "Todos los repositorios" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 msgid "All services" msgstr "Todos los servicios" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Servicio %1" +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" +msgstr "Solo los repositorios no proporcionados por un servicio" + #. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 msgid "View" msgstr "Ver" #. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioridad" #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! #. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" @@ -642,88 +652,88 @@ #. keep the translation as short as possible! #. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? #. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Autoactualizar" #. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" #. table header - URL of the repo #. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "&Sustituir..." #. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "Act&ualizar seleccionados" #. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "Estad&o activo o inactivo" #. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "Activar o de&sactivar actualizaciones" #. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "Establecer &nombre..." #. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 msgid "Properties" msgstr "Propiedades" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "&Habilitado" #. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "Actualiza&r automáticamente" #. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "Claves &GPG..." #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Actualizar" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "Actualiza&r todo lo actualizado automáticamente" #. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "Actualizar todo lo &habilitado" #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios de software configurados" #. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n" @@ -731,11 +741,11 @@ "<p>\n" "Gestionar los servicios y repositorios de software configurados.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>" msgstr "<P>Un <B>servicio</B> o <B>RIS (Servicio de indexación de repositorios)</B> es un protocolo diseñado para gestionar los repositorios de paquetes. Un servicio puede ofrecer uno o varios repositorios de software que el administrador del servicio puede cambiar de forma dinámica.</P>" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" @@ -750,7 +760,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" @@ -763,7 +773,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n" @@ -784,7 +794,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" @@ -799,7 +809,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" "Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" @@ -808,12 +818,12 @@ "Un valor entero entre 0 (la prioridad más alta) y 200 (la prioridad más baja). Por defecto, este valor es 99. Si un paquete se encuentra disponible en más de un repositorio, se usará el repositorio con la prioridad más alta.</P>\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>" msgstr "<P>Seleccione la opción adecuada en la parte superior de la ventana para navegar por los repositorios y servicios.</P>" #. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" @@ -823,12 +833,12 @@ "los paquetes descargados en un caché local de manera que puedan reutilizarse posteriormente\n" "cuando se reinstalen los paquetes. Si no se marca, los paquetes descargados se suprimirán después de la instalación.</P>" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" msgstr "<P>El caché local por defecto se encuentra en el directorio <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Puede cambiar la ubicación en el archivo <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>" #. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -838,7 +848,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detalles:" @@ -846,18 +856,18 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentarlo?" #. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Abortar la configuración del repositorio" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -866,7 +876,7 @@ "Se perderán todos los cambios." #. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -875,40 +885,40 @@ "%1" #. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Actualizando repositorios" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Actualizando servicios" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Actualizar repositorios" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Actualizar servicios" #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Actualizando repositorio %1..." #. refreshing services #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Actualizando servicio %1..." #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir el repositorio seleccionado en la lista?" #. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -917,7 +927,7 @@ "y sus repositorios?" #. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -926,7 +936,7 @@ "para el repositorio seleccionado." #. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -939,7 +949,7 @@ "¿Seguro que desea volver a añadir el repositorio?" #. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Errores al restaurar la configuración del repositorio.</p>\n" @@ -1052,7 +1062,7 @@ "¿Desea instalarlos ahora?\n" #. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1060,7 +1070,7 @@ "No es posible configurar el repositorio de\n" "actualización en línea si el paquete %1 no está instalado" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1069,7 +1079,7 @@ "en línea si el paquete %1 no está instalado" #. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1408,42 +1418,42 @@ "\"%2\"?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Añadiendo un repositorio nuevo" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Comprobar tipo de repositorio" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Añadir repositorio" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Leer licencia del repositorio" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Comprobando tipo de repositorio" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Añadiendo repositorio" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Leyendo licencia del repositorio" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repositorio" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1460,8 +1470,8 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1470,7 +1480,7 @@ "desde la URL \"%1\"." #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1479,12 +1489,12 @@ "Cambie el protocolo o descomprima la imagen ISO en el servidor." #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "¿Desea cambiar la URL y volver a intentarlo?" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1492,6 +1502,11 @@ "No es posible buscar repositorios SLP\n" "si el paquete %1 no está instalado.\n" +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." +msgstr "Guardando la configuración del gestor de software..." + #. New add-on product might add also new agents. #. Functions Rereads all available agents. #. @@ -1499,19 +1514,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al preparar el sistema de instalación." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "No se ha encontrado el archivo de control %1 en el medio." #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1519,28 +1534,41 @@ "El paquete %s no está instalado.\n" "No es posible registrar el complemento." +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +msgid "Unknown Product" +msgstr "Producto desconocido" + +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Notas de la &versión..." + #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "No es posible utilizar productos adicionales." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Vía: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Productos adicionales" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 msgid "" "The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" @@ -1548,37 +1576,30 @@ "El repositorio de instalación también contiene los repositorios adicionales\n" "mostrados. Seleccione los que desee utilizar.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Productos adicionales para seleccionarlos" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Añadir &productos seleccionados" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Introduzca el medio del producto adicional %1" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Introduzca el medio %1 %2" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "No es posible añadir el producto %1." -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471 -msgid "Unknown Product" -msgstr "Producto desconocido" - #. update the trusted flag #: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" @@ -1605,27 +1626,27 @@ msgstr "No es posible copiar la clave en el directorio temporal." #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:53 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "&Mostrar lista de paquetes que han fallado" #. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:62 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "&Mostrar registro completo" #. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:74 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "Error al instalar algunos paquetes" #. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:206 +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "Instalación cancelada por el usuario." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Medio: %1" @@ -1633,13 +1654,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "Hecho." @@ -1647,21 +1668,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "Siguiente: %1: -- %2" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Siguiente: %1" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:918 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" @@ -1670,41 +1691,41 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1045 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1297 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1349 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Descargando %1 (tamaño de descarga %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1075 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Restante: %1%2 paquetes)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1108 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Descargando paquetes..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1111 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (%1 de %2 paquetes descargados)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1247 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Eliminando %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1254 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Instalando %1 (tamaño instalado %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1332 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Aplicando RPM delta: %1" @@ -1829,8 +1850,8 @@ msgstr "<b>Advertencia:</b> el producto <b>%s</b> se eliminará." #: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 -msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>" -msgstr "<b>Error:</b> el producto <b>%s</b> se eliminará automáticamente.</font>" +msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed." +msgstr "<b>Error:</b> el producto <b>%s</b> se eliminará automáticamente." #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") @@ -1851,12 +1872,12 @@ "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún repositorio en \"%1\"." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 msgid "" "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" @@ -1867,31 +1888,31 @@ "las notas de la versión actualizadas desde el servidor Web de SUSE Linux.</b></p>\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Integrando medios arrancados..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1667 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Error al integrar el repositorio del Service Pack." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1700 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Inicializando repositorios..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1932 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Introduzca el CD 1 de %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1934 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "No se ha encontrado el CD 1 de %1" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2044 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1900,7 +1921,7 @@ "Consulte el archivo de registro %1 para obtener más información." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2305 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1909,12 +1930,12 @@ "Se invocará nuevamente la propuesta de software." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Evaluando selección de paquetes..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2621 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1925,36 +1946,46 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:150 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de licencia %1." -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "Para mostrar adecuadamente la licencia del producto, coloque el archivo license.tar.gz en la raíz del medio activo al construir la imagen." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Sí, &acepto el acuerdo de licencia." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:383 +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 msgid "" +"This EULA can be found in the directory\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" +"Este acuerdo de licencia del usuario final se encuentra en el directorio\n" +"%s" + +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" -"on the first media in the file %1" +"on the first media in the file %s" msgstr "" "Si desea imprimir esta licencia de usuario final,\n" -"busque el archivo %1 en el primer disco." +"busque el archivo %s en el primer medio." #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:400 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -1968,18 +1999,18 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:410 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1149 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea abortar la instalación de este producto adicional?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1045 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -1988,7 +2019,7 @@ "¿Desea realmente rechazar este acuerdo?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1048 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -1997,17 +2028,18 @@ "del producto adicional. ¿Desea realmente rechazar este acuerdo?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1058 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Se está apagando el sistema..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia de %s" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2113,7 +2145,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "S&MB/CIFS" @@ -2158,7 +2190,7 @@ msgstr "&Descargar archivos de descripción del repositorio" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:116 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" @@ -2167,7 +2199,7 @@ "de los medios, defina <b>Imagen ISO</b>.</p>" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:121 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" @@ -2176,86 +2208,86 @@ "defina la ubicación del primer medio del conjunto.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:135 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Nombre del servidor" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Vía a directorio o imagen ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:151 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "Imagen &ISO" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:153 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo N&FS v4" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Opciones de montaje" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(por defecto)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:174 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL del repositorio" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:183 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotocolo" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL del repositorio" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:208 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "URL del repositorio" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:210 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Servidor NFS" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Medios en CD o DVD" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Disco duro" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "Pen drive o disco USB" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Directorio local" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Imagen ISO local" @@ -2264,24 +2296,24 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Servidor y directorio" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre del repositorio no puede estar vacío." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Nombre de &repositorio" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" @@ -2290,12 +2322,12 @@ "Especifique aquí<b></b> el nombre del repositorio. Si se deja vacío, YaST utilizará el nombre del producto (en caso de estar disponible) o la URL como nombre.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Nombre del &servicio" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" @@ -2304,17 +2336,17 @@ "Especifique el nombre del servicio aquí <b></b>. Si se deja vacío, YaST utilizará parte de la URL del servicio como nombre.</p>\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "La URL no puede estar vacía." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2326,16 +2358,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Editar partes de la URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Editar URL completa" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2345,7 +2377,7 @@ "Utilice <b>Nombre del servidor</b> y <b>Vía a directorio o imagen ISO</b>\n" "para especificar el nombre de host del servidor NFS y la vía en el servidor.<p>" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" @@ -2358,16 +2390,16 @@ "para obtener más información y la lista de opciones admitidas." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" @@ -2376,12 +2408,12 @@ "Defina <b>CD-ROM</b> o <b>DVD-ROM</b> para especificar el tipo de medio.</p>" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "Archivo de imagen ISO" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2390,7 +2422,7 @@ "o el directorio no existe.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2399,7 +2431,7 @@ "o el archivo no existe.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2410,17 +2442,17 @@ "¿Desea utilizarlo de todas maneras?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Vía al directorio" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Directorio &RPM simple" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2435,20 +2467,20 @@ "<b>Directorio RPM simple</b>.</p>\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de almacenamiento masivo &USB" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Sistema de archivos" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Dire&ctorio" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2468,7 +2500,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2479,11 +2511,11 @@ "la detección falla o desea utilizar un sistema de archivos específico, selecciónelo en la lista.</p>\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo de disco" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2502,12 +2534,12 @@ "<b>Directorio RPM simple</b>.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Vía a la imagen ISO" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2518,71 +2550,71 @@ "a la imagen ISO.</p>" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "&Nombre del servidor" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Puerto" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Recursos compartidos" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&Imagen ISO" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Directorio en el servidor" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Au&tentificación" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anónimo" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Grupo de trabajo o dominio" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2607,7 +2639,7 @@ "del medio, defina <b>Imagen ISO</b>.</p>\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" @@ -2618,12 +2650,16 @@ #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992 -msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" -msgstr "Deseo instalar otro producto adicional" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" +msgstr "&Deseo instalar otro producto complementario adicional" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +msgid "Net&work Configuration..." +msgstr "&Configuración de red..." + #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2634,7 +2670,7 @@ "o en el disco duro.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2645,7 +2681,7 @@ "tenga disponible el conjunto de CD o el DVD del producto.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2660,7 +2696,7 @@ "Solo es necesario introducir la vía base si se copian todos los CD en el mismo directorio.</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2673,25 +2709,25 @@ "primer CD; por ejemplo /data1/CD1.</p>\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de medios" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Introduzca el CD del producto complementario" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Introduzca el DVD del producto complementario" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún disco USB." -#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" @@ -2706,19 +2742,19 @@ "se encuentra seleccionada, YaST descargará los archivos automáticamente cuando los necesite más tarde.</p>\n" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Tipo de medios" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Producto adicional" #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "El esquema de URL %s no es válido." @@ -2910,12 +2946,12 @@ msgstr "No se han encontrado repositorios SLP en la red." #. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:869 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "La partición \"%1\" necesita %2 más de espacio en disco." #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:889 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -2924,6 +2960,6 @@ "datos o temporales antes de actualizar el sistema.\n" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:898 +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Deseleccione algunos paquetes." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pam.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pam.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pam.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/printer.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/printer.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/printer.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: proxy\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/qt-pkg.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/qt-pkg.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/qt-pkg.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/qt.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/qt.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/qt.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: qt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rdp.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rdp.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rdp.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rdp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -98,52 +98,52 @@ msgstr "Ajustes de cortafuegos" #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:90 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir ajustes del cortafuegos" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "Configurar xrdp" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:98 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Reiniciar los servicios" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "Detener los servicios" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de administración remota" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo ajustes del cortafuegos..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:115 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "Configurando xrdp..." #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:134 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Reiniciando el servicio..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:137 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "Deteniendo el servicio..." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:153 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "La administración remota está activada." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:156 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "La administración remota está desactivada." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rear.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rear.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rear.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rear\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/registration.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/registration.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/registration.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,29 +15,6 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:42 -msgid "Local Registration Servers" -msgstr "Servidores de registro locales" - -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:44 -msgid "" -"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" -"or the default SUSE registration server." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione un servidor de registro detectado en la lista\n" -"o el servidor de registro por defecto de SUSE." - -#. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:68 -msgid "No registration server selected." -msgstr "No hay ningún servidor de registro seleccionado." - -#. %s is the default SCC URL -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:114 -msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" -msgstr "Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE (%s)" - #. popup message #. popup message #. popup message @@ -56,7 +33,7 @@ #. @return [Symbol] user input #: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 @@ -92,8 +69,8 @@ #. %s is name of given product #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registrando %s..." @@ -230,18 +207,25 @@ msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "Huella digital SHA256: " -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "Tiempo límite de conexión." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" +"the connection is reliable." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Compruebe que el servidor de registro conoce este sistema." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -265,41 +249,41 @@ #. update the message when an old SMT server is found #. Error popup #. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173 -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Error en el registro." +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +msgid "Connection to registration server failed." +msgstr "Error de conexión con el servidor de registro." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Error del cliente de registro." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" -"Retry registration later." +"Retry the operation later." msgstr "" "Error del servidor de registro.\n" -"Vuelva a intentar el registro más tarde." +"Vuelva a intentar la operación más tarde." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "El certificado SSL recibido no coincide con el certificado esperado." #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Detalles: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been #. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, #. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -314,23 +298,23 @@ "de que el servidor se puede conectar de forma segura y vuelva a iniciar el módulo YaST." #. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Importando el certificado de SSL" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Importando certificado %s..." #. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use #. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Error de conexión segura: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -343,14 +327,14 @@ "compatible con el nuevo protocolo de registro en el servidor." #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67 +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "URL no válida." #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -358,7 +342,7 @@ "La red no está configurada. No se puede acceder al servidor de registro.\n" "¿Desea configurar la red ahora?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Error de red. Compruebe la configuración de la red." @@ -368,7 +352,7 @@ msgstr "Almacenando configuración de registro..." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:231 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." @@ -377,7 +361,7 @@ "Compruebe el sistema." #. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:235 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." @@ -385,7 +369,7 @@ "El medio de instalación o el propio instalador tienen daños graves.\n" "Informe sobre errores en %s." -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -396,7 +380,7 @@ #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "Registrando el sistema..." @@ -405,14 +389,14 @@ #. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name #. TRANSLATORS: Progress label #: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Actualizando a %s..." #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "Sincronizando productos..." @@ -422,27 +406,27 @@ #. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons #. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install #. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Cargando extensiones y módulos disponibles..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Cargando productos de migración..." #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Registrar extensiones y módulos" #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>Se están registrando extensiones y módulos.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -451,7 +435,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -461,7 +445,7 @@ #. Yast::Mode.update #. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -477,7 +461,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed #. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] #. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:97 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -492,39 +476,39 @@ #. create UI label for a base product #. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:192 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Producto desconocido" #. error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Error al guardar la configuración del repositorio." #. # error message #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:267 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Error al actualizar el servicio %s." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Error al añadir el servicio %s." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:274 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Error al guardar el servicio %s." #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Error al actualizar el servicio %s." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -599,34 +583,38 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" +msgstr "&Filtrar versiones Beta" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detalles" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:88 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Seleccione una extensión o un módulo para mostrar aquí sus detalles" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (no disponible)" #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:246 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "YaST permite seleccionar un máximo de %s extensiones o módulos." #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" msgstr "<p>Tenga en cuenta que algunas extensiones o módulos podrían necesitar un código de registro específico.</p>" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" msgstr "<p>Si desea eliminar alguna extensión o módulo, debe entrar en el Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE y eliminarlo allí de forma manual.</p>" @@ -641,7 +629,7 @@ msgstr "<p>Aquí puede seleccionar extensiones y módulos disponibles para el sistema.</p>" #. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Extensiones y módulos disponibles" @@ -697,32 +685,32 @@ msgstr "Descargar extensiones disponibles..." #. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir %s?" #. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon #. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "E&xtensión o identificador del módulo" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Versión" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Arquitectura" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:188 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "&Tipo de versión" #. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "&Código de registro" @@ -752,10 +740,8 @@ msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "Registrar el producto" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "Dir&ección de correo electrónico" @@ -764,56 +750,64 @@ msgstr "Instalar actualizaciones disponibles de los repositorios de actualización" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del servidor" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "Buscar servidor de registro con el descubrimiento SLP" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "Usar la URL del servidor específico en lugar de la opción por defecto" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:144 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "URL del certificado de servidor SSL opcional" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Huella digital del certificado de servidor SSL opcional" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:155 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "ninguno" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:166 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Huella digital de certificado SSL" #. the UI defition for the main dialog #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "Registrar extensiones o módulos..." -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "&Local Registration Server..." -msgstr "Servidor de registro &local..." +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +msgid "Register System via %s" +msgstr "Registrar sistema mediante %s" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" +msgstr "Registrar sistema mediante servidor SMT local" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "UR&L del servidor de registro local" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "&Omitir registro" #. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "Volver a ®istrar extensiones o módulos" @@ -821,63 +815,38 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term #. the main dialog content #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "El sistema ya está registrado." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." +msgstr "Seleccione el método preferido de registro." + #. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "Introduzca aquí las credenciales del Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE para registrar el sistema a fin de obtener actualizaciones y extensiones." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" "\n" "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -"Customer Center for online registration.\n" -"\n" -"Really skip the registration now?" +"Customer Center for online registration." msgstr "" "Si no registra el sistema, no podremos otorgarle acceso\n" "a los repositorios de actualización.\n" "\n" "Puede registrarse después de la instalación o visitar\n" -"el Centro de servicios al cliente para registrarse en línea.\n" -"\n" -"¿Seguro que desea omitir el registro ahora?" +"el Centro de servicios al cliente para registrarse en línea." -#. label text describing the registration (1/2) -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201 -msgid "" -"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" -"Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" -"a registered system." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca un código de registro o de evaluación para este producto, así como\n" -"su nombre de usuario y dirección de correo electrónico del Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE en los campos de abajo.\n" -"El acceso a las actualizaciones de software de seguridad y generales\n" -"solo es posible en un sistema registrado." - -#. label text describing the registration (2/2), -#. not displayed in installed system -#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213 -msgid "" -"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" -"installation has completed." -msgstr "" -"Si omite el registro del producto ahora, recuerde registrarlo\n" -"cuando se complete la instalación." - #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "&Configuración de red..." @@ -903,34 +872,29 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" +msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" msgstr "<p>La conexión segura (HTTPS) usa certificados SSL para verificar la autenticidad del servidor y para cifrar los datos transferidos.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126 -msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>Puede importar el certificado a la lista de autoridades certificadores (CA) conocidas, lo que significa que confía en el tema y en el emisor del certificado desconocido.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 -msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>" msgstr "<p>Importar un certificado permite usar por ejemplo un certificado autofirmado.</p>" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135 -msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Importante:</b> debe verificar la huella digital del certificado para asegurarse de que importa el certificado genuino del servidor solicitado.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" +msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Importar un certificado desconocido sin verificación supone un gran riesgo de seguridad.</b></p>" -#. input field label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106 -msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" -msgstr "UR&L del servidor de registro local" - #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 @@ -963,17 +927,17 @@ msgstr "Seleccionar los repositorios usados para la migración" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "Gestionar repositorios..." #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Prioridad: %s" @@ -1035,17 +999,17 @@ msgstr "Seleccione la migración de destino." #. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "Ajustar manualmente los repositorios para la migración" #. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:153 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "Destinos de migración posibles" #. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:191 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "Resumen de migración" @@ -1055,38 +1019,38 @@ #. using the selected migration. #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." msgstr "ERROR: el producto <b>%{product}</b> no está disponible en el servidor de registro (%{url}). Haga disponible el producto para permitir el uso de esta migración." #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:225 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>" msgstr "%s <b>se instalará.</b>" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:242 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>" msgstr "%s <b>permanecerá sin cambios.</b>" #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} <b>se actualizará a</b> %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} <b>se restablecerá a</b> %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1140,11 +1104,64 @@ "Error al actualizar el registro automático.\n" "Puede registrar el sistema manualmente partiendo de cero." -#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470) -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [ArrayYast::SlpServiceClass::Service] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Buscando..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Buscando servidores de registro locales..." + +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +msgid "Service selection" +msgstr "Selección del servicio" + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +msgid "Select a detected service from the list." +msgstr "Seleccione un servicio detectado en la lista." + +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +msgid "No service was selected." +msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún servicio." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/reipl.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -"with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" +"with an IPL from device '%1'.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Una vez apagado, vuelva a cargar el sistema\n" -"con un IPL desde el DASD '%1'.\n" +"Después de apagarlo, vuelva a cargar el sistema\n" +"con un IPL desde el dispositivo %1.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a FCP name Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: relocation-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -6,10 +6,9 @@ "Project-Id-Version: rpm-groups\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-04 11:08+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-08 15:09\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" -"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/s390.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/s390.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/s390.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/security.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/security.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/security.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -276,11 +276,11 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "No es posible %{change} %{service}, que actualmente está %{status}. " -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "No es posible %{change} %{service}. " Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: snapper\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,134 +14,163 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. The main () -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "Configuración de instantáneas del sistema" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "Información del usuario" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Algoritmo de limpieza" -#. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 -msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" -msgstr "Modificar instantánea %1" +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" +msgstr "Modificar instantánea %{num}" -#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 -msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" -msgstr "Modificar instantáneas %1 - %2" +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" +msgstr "Modificar instantánea %{pre} y %{post}" #. label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 -msgid "Pre (%1)" -msgstr "Previa (%1)" +msgid "Pre (%{pre})" +msgstr "Pre (%{pre})" #. label #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 -msgid "Post (%1)" -msgstr "Posterior (%1)" +msgid "Post (%{post})" +msgstr "Post (%{post})" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Crear instantánea nueva" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Una instantánea" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Previa" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "Posterior, comparada con:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 -msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" -msgstr "¿Desea suprimir la instantánea %1?" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 +msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" +msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir la instantánea %{num}?" -#. summary dialog caption +#. yes/no popup question #: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" +msgstr "¿Desea suprimir las instantáneas %{pre} y %{post}?" + +#. summary dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Instantáneas" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "Único" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Anterior y posterior" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Leyendo la lista de instantáneas..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Configuración actual" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Fecha de inicio" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Fecha final" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Datos de usuario" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Mostrar cambios" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Modificar" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -150,131 +179,131 @@ "No es posible mostrar las diferencias." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de la instantánea seleccionada" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Calculando archivos modificados..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Calculando modificaciones de archivos..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "Se ha creado el nuevo archivo." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "El archivo se ha eliminado." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "No se ha cambiado el contenido del archivo." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "El archivo no existe en ninguna instantánea." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Se ha modificado el contenido del archivo." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "El modo de archivo ha cambiado de %1 a %2." #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "El usuario propietario del archivo ha cambiado de %1 a %2." #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "El grupo propietario del archivo ha cambiado de %1 a %2." #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "R&estaurar de la Primera" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Restaurar" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Res&taurar de la Segunda" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Mostrar la diferencia entre la instantánea y el sistema actual" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "Mostrar la diferencia entre la instantánea actual y la seleccionada:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Mostrar la diferencia entre la primera y la segunda instantánea" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "Mostrar la diferencia entre la primera instantánea y el sistema actual" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "Mostrar la diferencia entre la segunda instantánea y el sistema actual" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 +msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" +msgstr "Hora de realización de la instantánea:" + +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Hora de realización de la primera instantánea:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Hora de realización de la segunda instantánea:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 -msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" -msgstr "Hora de realización de la instantánea:" - #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Abrir" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Restaurar seleccionados" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -290,7 +319,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -305,17 +334,17 @@ "de la instantánea %2 en el sistema actual?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 -msgid "No file was selected for restoring" -msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún archivo para la restauración" +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 +msgid "No file was selected for restoring." +msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún archivo para restablecerlo." #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Restaurando archivos" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" @@ -332,7 +361,7 @@ "<p>Los archivos que no existían en la instantánea se suprimirán.</p>¿Seguro que desea continuar?" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n" "</p>\n" @@ -341,43 +370,43 @@ "</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" "of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n" -"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n" +"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Configuración de instantáneas</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>La tabla muestra una lista de instantáneas del sistema de archivos raíz. Hay tres tipos\n" -"de instantáneas: <b>única</b>, <b>pre</b> y <b>post</b>. Las instantáneas únicas\n" -"se usan para guardar el estado del sistema de archivos en un cierto momento; mientras Pre y Post se usan para definir los cambios hechos por operaciones especiales ejecutadas entre la toma de esas dos instantáneas. Las instantáneas Pre y Post se emparejan en la tabla.</p>\n" -"<p>Seleccione una instantánea o una pareja de instantáneas y haga clic en <b>Mostrar cambios</b> para ver \n" -"los cambios en el sistema de archivos en una instantánea especificada.</p>\n" +"<p>La tabla muestra una lista de instantáneas del sistema de archivos raíz. Existen tres tipos\n" +"de instantáneas: <b>únicas</b>, <b>pre</b> y <b>post</b>. Las instantáneas únicas\n" +"se utilizan para almacenar el estado del sistema de archivos en un determinado momento, mientras que las de tipo Pre y Post definen los cambios realizados mediante operaciones especiales llevadas a cabo entre la captura de ambas instantáneas. Las instantáneas Pre y Post aparecen emparejadas en la tabla.</p>\n" +"<p>Seleccione una instantánea o una pareja de instantáneas y haga clic en <b>Mostrar cambios</b> para ver los\n" +"cambios en el sistema de archivos en la instantánea especificada.</p>\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b><big>Resumen de instantánea</big></b><p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Descripción general de instantánea</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"El árbol muestra todos los archivos que se modificaron entre la creación de la primera instantánea (pre) y la segunda (post). En el lado derecho, verá la descripción generada cuando se creó la primera y la hora de creación de ambas.\n" +"El árbol muestra todos los archivos que se han modificado entre la creación de la primera (\"pre\") y la segunda instantánea (\"post\"). En el lado derecho, verá la descripción generada al crear la primera instantánea y la hora de creación de ambas.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Cuando seleccione un archivo en el árbol, podrá ver las modificaciones que ha sufrido. Por defecto, se muestran los cambios entre los pares de instantáneas, pero es posible comparar el archivo con diferentes versiones.\n" +"Al seleccionar un archivo en un árbol, verá los cambios que ha experimentado. Los cambios entre las instantáneas emparejadas se muestran por defecto, pero es posible comparar el archivo con versiones diferentes.\n" "</p>\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" @@ -395,106 +424,70 @@ "Cuando seleccione un archivo en el árbol, se mostrarán las diferencias entre la versión de la instantánea y el sistema actual.\n" "</p>\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91 -msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found." -msgstr "No se ha encontrado la instantánea %1." +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +msgid "Failed to get config:\n" +msgstr "No es posible obtener la configuración:\n" -#. Initialize snapper agent +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" +msgstr "No es posible obtener el punto de montaje de la instantánea:\n" + +#. Create new snapshot #. Return true on success -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" +msgstr "Error al crear la nueva instantánea:\n" + #. Modify existing snapshot #. Return true on success -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303 -msgid "Reason not known." -msgstr "Razón desconocida" +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" +msgstr "Error al modificar la instantánea:\n" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238 -msgid "Configuration not found." -msgstr "No se ha encontrado la configuración." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240 -msgid "Configuration is not valid." -msgstr "La configuración no es válida." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247 -msgid "" -"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" -"Error al inicializar la biblioteca de captura de instantáneas:\n" -"%1" - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266 -msgid "Snapshot was not found." -msgstr "No se encuentra la instantánea." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Failed to delete snapshot:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" -"Error al suprimir la instantánea:\n" -"%1" - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289 -msgid "" -"Failed to modify snapshot:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" -"Error al modificar la instantánea:\n" -"%1" - +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success #: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 -msgid "Wrong snapshot type given." -msgstr "Tipo de instantánea indicado erróneo." +msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" +msgstr "Error al suprimir la instantánea:\n" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308 -msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given." -msgstr "No se ha indicado la instantánea previa." - -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310 -msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found." -msgstr "No se encuentra la instantánea previa." - -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316 -msgid "" -"Failed to create new snapshot:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" -"Error al crear la nueva instantánea:\n" -"%1" - #. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "Inicializando realización de instantáneas" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337 -msgid "Read the list of snapshots" +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +msgid "Read list of configurations" +msgstr "Leer la lista de configuraciones" + +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +msgid "Read list of snapshots" msgstr "Leer la lista de instantáneas" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341 -msgid "Reading the database..." -msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos..." +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +msgid "Reading list of configurations" +msgstr "Leyendo la lista de configuraciones" +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +msgid "Reading list of snapshots" +msgstr "Leyendo la lista de instantáneas" + #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finalizado" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" +msgstr "Error al consultar las configuraciones del creador de instantáneas" + +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" @@ -504,17 +497,21 @@ "crear una o varias configuraciones para usar yast2-snapper. Se\n" "puede usar la herramienta de línea de comandos de Snapper para crear configuraciones." +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" +msgstr "Error al consultar las instantáneas del creador de instantáneas:" + #. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "Restaurando archivos..." #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "Suprimido %1\n" #. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 omitido\n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sound.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sound.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sound.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/squid.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/squid.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/squid.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sshd.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sshd.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sshd.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/storage.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/storage.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/storage.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -961,7 +961,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Proponer partición Ho&me independiente" @@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "No olvide lo que escriba aquí." @@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Habilitar instantáneas" @@ -5810,12 +5810,12 @@ "realmente lo que está haciendo.</p>\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Operación no permitida en el disco %{device}.\n" #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -5836,7 +5836,7 @@ "particiones del disco desde aquí.\n" #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5857,7 +5857,7 @@ "particiones del disco desde aquí.\n" #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -5878,7 +5878,7 @@ "cambiar el tamaño de la partición ni eliminar del disco desde aquí.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5893,7 +5893,7 @@ "pero esta acción destruirá los datos de todas las particiones de este disco.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6804,33 +6804,33 @@ "El sistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por la aplicación \"%1\" (%2).\n" "Debe cerrar dicha aplicación antes de continuar." -#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired +#. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "No es posible cambiar el tamaño porque el sistema de archivos no es coherente. Compruebe el sistema de archivos desde Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Sistema de archivos de la partición raíz" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Sistema de archivos de la partición de inicio" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Aumentar tamaño de archivo de intercambio para &suspensión" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Configuración de propuesta" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" "<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n" @@ -6841,7 +6841,7 @@ "cifrado</b> si desea que el sistema esté cifrado.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6854,7 +6854,7 @@ "Esto también aumentará el tamaño de la partición raíz.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" @@ -6863,7 +6863,7 @@ "de archivos de la partición de inicio se puede seleccionar con el cuadro de selección correspondiente.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" @@ -6871,32 +6871,32 @@ "<p>El tamaño de la partición de intercambio se puede aumentar lo suficiente\n" "como para que se pueda usar a fin de suspender el sistema en disco en la mayoría de los casos.</p>" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña para el cifrado propuesto." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Contraseña:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Vuelva a introducir la contraseña para verificarla:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Propuesta basada en particiones" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Propuesta basada en &LVM" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Propuesta basada en LVM &cifrado" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/support.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/support.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/support.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: support\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -30,52 +30,52 @@ msgstr "A&sistencia" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "Recuadro de diálogo de descripción general de supportconfig" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "Centro de asistencia de openSUSE" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "Se abrirá una ventana del navegador para conectar con el portal del Centro de asistencia de SUSE." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "Abrir" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "Recopilar datos" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "De esta forma, se creará un archivo tar con los archivos de registro recopilados." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "Crear el archivo tar de inform" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "Cargar datos" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "De esta forma, se cargarán los registros recopilados en la URL especificada." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "Cargar" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "No se encuentra ningún navegador instalado." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -87,183 +87,184 @@ "%1.\n" "¿Desea iniciar el navegador Web?\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "Recuadro de diálogo para subida de supportconfig" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "Guardar como" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "Directorio para guardar" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "Paquete con archivos de registro" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "Cargar archivo tar de archivos de registro en la URL" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "Cargar objetivo" #. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "Seleccionar directorio donde guardar el archivo tar" #. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "Elija el archivo tar de los archivos de registro" #. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de parámetros de supportconfig" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "Crear un listado de archivos completo desde \"/\"" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "Excluir información detallada de discos y escaneos" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "Buscando el sistema de archivos raíz por instancias de eDirectory" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "Incluir listas de servicio SLP completas" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "Realiza un rpm -V para cada rpm instalado" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "Incluir todas las líneas del archivo de registro, recopilar registros rotados adicionales" #. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "Usar valores por defecto (ignorar /etc/supportconfig.conf)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "Activa todas las funciones de asistencia" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "Sólo reunir una mínima cantidad de información" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "Utilizar valores personalizados (avanzados)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Valores avanzados de configuración" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" #. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "Configuración avanzada de supportconfig" #. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "Opciones por defecto" #. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de contacto supportconfig" #. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "Información de contacto" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "Compañía" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "Número de teléfono" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "ID de almacenamiento" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "ID de terminal" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "UID de GPG" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "Información de carga" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "Número de petición de servicio de 11 dígitos" #. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "El número de SR debe incluir 11 cifras." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "Recopilando datos" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Progreso" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "Revisión de datos recopilados" #. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix #. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "Nombre del archivo" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "Eliminar desde datos" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tune.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tune.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tune.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-12 10:18\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/update.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/update.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/update.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-08 10:09\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ msgstr "No existe ninguno de estos archivos: %1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:529 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:548 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -863,13 +863,13 @@ #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Producto desconocido" #. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case #. and we don't continue further -#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:788 msgid "" "Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" "%{patterns}" @@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ "No es posible seleccionar estos patrones necesarios para la instalación:\n" "%{patterns}" -#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:793 msgid "" "Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" "%{packages}" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/users.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/users.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/users.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "&Nombre completo del usuario" @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "Utilizar e&sta contraseña para el administrador del sistema" @@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea usar esta contraseña?" @@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ "</p>" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n" @@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" @@ -2093,7 +2093,7 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Usuarios locales" @@ -3182,7 +3182,7 @@ "Inténtelo de nuevo." #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -3194,11 +3194,11 @@ "Los usuarios locales están almacenados en <i>/etc/passwd</i> y en <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "Crear nuevo usuario" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "" "<p>\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3211,7 +3211,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -3223,7 +3223,7 @@ " y %{max} caracteres.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" @@ -3239,15 +3239,15 @@ "restricciones en el archivo /etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man para obtener información.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" msgstr "<p>Marque <b>Utilizar esta contraseña para el administrador del sistema</b> si la contraseña especificada para el primer usuario debe usarse también para el usuario root.</p>" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Importar datos de usuario de instalación anterior" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -3263,11 +3263,11 @@ "básica.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "Omitir creación de usuarios" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -3281,12 +3281,12 @@ "un usuario local.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 msgid "Local User" msgstr "Usuario local" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3297,7 +3297,7 @@ "Omitir creación de usuarios." #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3308,34 +3308,34 @@ "Omitir creación de usuarios." #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "&Crear nuevo usuario" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Importar datos de usuario de instalación anterior" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "Seleccionar usuarios" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "&Omitir creación de usuarios" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "Inicio de sesión &automático" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "Ningún usuario seleccionado" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "Se importará %d usuario." @@ -3883,7 +3883,7 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:716 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -3902,185 +3902,185 @@ " después de realizar un montaje correcto. ¿Desea continuar con la configuración del usuario? " #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:964 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "Hay varios usuarios que se ajustan a las condiciones de entrada." #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de grupos y usuarios" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración por defecto del login" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración por defecto del sistema" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "Leer el tipo de configuración" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración de usuario personalizada" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "Leer usuarios y grupos" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "Construir las estructuras de caché" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración por defecto del login..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los ajustes por defectos del sistema..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "Leyendo el tipo de configuración..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración personalizada..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "Leyendo usuarios y grupos..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "Construyendo las estructuras de caché..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finalizado" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "El usuario no existe." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "El grupo no existe." #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de grupos y usuarios" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "Escribir usuarios y grupos LDAP" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "Escribir grupos" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "Comprobar usuarios suprimidos" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 msgid "Write users" msgstr "Escribir usuarios" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "Escribir contraseñas" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración personalizada" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración por defecto del login" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "Escribiendo usuarios y grupos LDAP..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "Escribiendo grupos..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "Comprobando usuarios suprimidos..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "Escribiendo usuarios..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "Escribiendo contraseñas..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración personalizada..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración por defecto del login..." #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "El archivo %s no se ha leído correctamente, por lo que no se escribirá." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "Error al eliminar los usuarios." #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "El archivo %s no se ha leído correctamente, por lo que no se escribirá." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." @@ -4089,17 +4089,17 @@ "La compatibilidad con el cifrado no está instalada. Los directorios personales no se cifrarán." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "Error al configurar el reenvío del correo del usuario root." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "No existe ningún UID disponible para este tipo de usuario." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4109,7 +4109,7 @@ "Escoja un número entero válido entre %i y %i." #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4118,7 +4118,7 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea emplearlo?" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4130,7 +4130,7 @@ "¿Desea utilizarlo?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4142,7 +4142,7 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea cambiar el tipo de usuario a \"local\"?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4153,7 +4153,7 @@ "porque el ID es menor que %i.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea cambiar el tipo de usuario a \"sistema\"?" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" @@ -4162,7 +4162,7 @@ "El nombre de usuario existente puede pertenecer a un usuario NIS o LDAP.\n" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -4173,7 +4173,7 @@ "Especifique otro distinto." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." @@ -4182,7 +4182,7 @@ "contener dos puntos (:). Inténtelo de nuevo." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -4193,7 +4193,7 @@ "Elimine las secciones sobrantes." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -4204,7 +4204,7 @@ "Inténtelo de nuevo." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -4214,7 +4214,7 @@ "Seleccione otra ruta para el directorio personal." #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." @@ -4223,7 +4223,7 @@ "Inténtelo de nuevo." #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -4234,7 +4234,7 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea usar esta vía?" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -4244,7 +4244,7 @@ #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -4256,7 +4256,7 @@ "¿Desea usar este directorio?\n" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -4270,7 +4270,7 @@ "¿Desea usar este directorio?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" @@ -4279,12 +4279,12 @@ "¿Desea usar esta shell?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "No existe ningún ID de grupo disponible para este tipo de grupo." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4294,7 +4294,7 @@ "Escoja un número entero válido entre %i y %i." #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4303,7 +4303,7 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea emplearlo?" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4315,7 +4315,7 @@ "¿Desea utilizarlo?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4327,7 +4327,7 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea cambiar el tipo de grupo a \"local\"?" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4339,7 +4339,7 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea cambiar el tipo de grupo a \"sistema\"?" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4348,7 +4348,7 @@ "Inténtelo de nuevo." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4358,7 +4358,7 @@ "Por favor inténtelo de nuevo." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4371,7 +4371,7 @@ "Inténtelo de nuevo." #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" @@ -4381,13 +4381,13 @@ "de grupo introducido y un nombre de grupo existente.\n" "Introduzca otro nombre." -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "El usuario %s no existe." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4398,7 +4398,7 @@ "como grupo por defecto." #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4409,22 +4409,22 @@ "Elimine primero a los usuarios del grupo." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Usuarios</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Grupos</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Valores de configuración de entrada</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "El usuario %1 está configurado para entrada automática." Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vm.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vm.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vm.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-01 12:21\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/wol.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/wol.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/wol.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:51 UTC (rev 96283) +++ branches/plus-SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po 2016-08-17 13:01:57 UTC (rev 96284) @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-23 15:34\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n"